Contents

Any Transport over MPLS

This document describes the Any Transport over MPLS (AToM) feature, which provides the following capabilities:

  • Transport data link layer (Layer2) packets over a Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) backbone.
  • Enable service providers to connect customer sites with existing Layer 2 networks by using a single, integrated, packet-based network infrastructure--a Cisco MPLS network. Instead of using separate networks with network management environments, service providers can deliver Layer 2 connections over an MPLS backbone.
  • Provide a common framework to encapsulate and transport supported Layer 2 traffic types over an MPLS network core.

AToM supports the following like-to-like transport types:

  • ATM Adaptation Layer Type-5 (AAL5) over MPLS
  • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS
  • Ethernet over MPLS (VLAN and port modes)
  • Frame Relay over MPLS
  • PPP over MPLS
  • High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC) over MPLS

Finding Feature Information

Your software release may not support all the features documented in this module. For the latest caveats and feature information, see Bug Search Tool and the release notes for your platform and software release. To find information about the features documented in this module, and to see a list of the releases in which each feature is supported, see the feature information table at the end of this module.

Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco software image support. To access Cisco Feature Navigator, go to www.cisco.com/​go/​cfn. An account on Cisco.com is not required.

Prerequisites for Any Transport over MPLS

Before configuring AToM, ensure that the network is configured as follows:

Restrictions for Any Transport over MPLS

General Restrictions

The following general restrictions pertain to all transport types under AToM:

  • Address format: Configure the Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) router ID on all PE routers to be a loopback address with a /32 mask. Otherwise, some configurations might not function properly.
  • Layer 2 virtual private networks (L2VPN) features (AToM and Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)) are not supported on an ATM interface.
  • Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding is the only forwarding model supported on the Cisco 12000 series routers and is enabled by default. Disabling distributed Cisco Express Forwarding on the Cisco 12000 series routers disables forwarding.
  • Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding mode is supported on the Cisco 7500 series routers for Frame Relay, HDLC, and PPP. In distributed Cisco Express Forwarding mode, the switching process occurs on the Versatile Interface Processors (VIPs) that support switching. When distributed Cisco Express Forwarding is enabled, VIP port adapters maintain identical copies of the Forwarding Information Base (FIB) and adjacency tables. The port adapters perform the express forwarding between port adapters, relieving the Route Switch Processor (RSP) from performing the switching. Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding uses an interprocess communications (IPC) mechanism to ensure synchronization of FIBs and adjacency tables between the RSP and port adapters.
  • To convert an interface with L2TPv3 xconnect to AToM xconnect, remove the L2TPv3 configuration from the interface and then configure AToM. Some features may not work if AToM is configured when L2TPv3 configuration is not removed properly.

ATM Cell Relay over MPLS Restrictions

The following restrictions pertain to ATM Cell Relay over MPLS:

  • For ATM Cell Relay over MPLS,if you have TE tunnels running between the PE routers, you must enable LDP on the tunnel interfaces.
  • Configuring ATM Relay over MPLS with the Cisco 12000 Series Router engine 2 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line card: In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, there were special instructions for configuring ATM cell relay on the Cisco 12000 series router with an engine 2 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line card. The special configuration instructions do not apply to releases later than Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S and you do not need to use the atm mode cell-relay command.

In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, when you configured the Cisco 12000 series 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line card for ATM Cell Relay over MPLS, two ports were reserved. In releases later than Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, only one port is reserved.

In addition, in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, if you configured an 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM port for ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) over MPLS and then configured ATM single cell relay over MPLS on that port, the Virtual Circuits (VCs) and Virtual Paths (VPs) for AAL5 on the port and its corresponding port were removed. Starting in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(26)S, this behavior no longer occurs. ATM AAL5 over MPLS and ATM single cell relay over MPLS are supported on the same port. The Cisco 12000 series 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line cards now support, by default, the ATM single cell relay over MPLS feature in both VP and VC modes and ATM AAL5 over MPLS on the same port.

  • The F4 end-to-end Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cells are transparently transported along with the ATM cells. When a permanent virtual path (PVP) or Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) is down on one PE router, the label associated with that PVP or PVC is withdrawn. Subsequently, the peer PE router detects the label withdrawal and sends an F4 AIS/RDI signal to its corresponding customer edge (CE) router. The PVP or PVC on the peer PE router remains in the up state.

Ethernet over MPLS (EoMPLS) Restrictions

The following restrictions pertain to the Ethernet over MPLS feature:

  • Ethernet over MPLS supports VLAN packets that conform to the IEEE 802.1Q standard. The 802.1Q specification establishes a standard method for inserting VLAN membership information into Ethernet frames. The Inter-Switch Link (ISL) protocol is not supported between the PE and CE routers.
  • The AToM control word is supported. However, if the peer PE does not support a control word, the control word is disabled. This negotiation is done by LDP label binding.
  • Ethernet packets with hardware-level cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors, framing errors, and runt packets are discarded on input.
  • In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S, the behavior of the mpls mtu command changed. If the interface MTU is less than 1524 bytes, you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 24 bytes more than the interface MTU. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1510 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 1534 bytes (1510 + 24).

Caution


Although you can set the MPLS MTU to a value greater than the interface MTU, you must set the MPLS MTU to a value less than or equal to the interface MTU to prevent data corruption, dropped packets, and high CPU rates.


If the interface MTU is greater than or equal to 1524 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU as high as the interface MTU. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1600 bytes, then you can set the MPLS MTU to a maximum of 1600 bytes. If you set the MPLS MTU to a value higher than the interface MTU, traffic is dropped.

For interfaces that do not allow you to configure the interface MTU value and for interfaces where the interface MTU is 1500 bytes, the MPLS MTU range is 64 to 1524 bytes.

If you upgrade to Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S from an earlier release and you have an MPLS MTU setting that does not conform to these guidelines, the command is rejected. See the Maximum Transmission Unit Guidelines for Estimating Packet Size for more information.

Per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS Restrictions

  • The following features do not support MTU values in xconnect subinterface configuration mode:
    • Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)
    • Virtual Private LAN services (VPLS)
    • L2VPN Pseudowire Switching
  • The MTU value can be configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode only on the following interfaces and subinterfaces:
    • Fast Ethernet
    • Gigabit Ethernet
  • The router uses an MTU validation process for remote VCs established through LDP, which compares the MTU value configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode to the MTU value of the remote customer interface. If an MTU value has not been configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, then the validation process compares the MTU value of the local customer interface to the MTU value of the remote xconnect, either explicitly configured or inherited from the underlying interface or subinterface.
  • When you configure the MTU value in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, the specified MTU value is not enforced by the dataplane. The dataplane enforces the MTU values of the interface (port mode) or subinterface (VLAN mode).
  • Ensure that the interface MTU is larger than the MTU value configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode. If the MTU value of the customer-facing subinterface is larger than the MTU value of the core-facing interface, traffic may not be able to travel across the pseudowire.

Frame Relay over MPLS Restrictions

The following restrictions pertain to the Frame Relay over MPLS feature:

  • Frame Relay traffic shaping is not supported with AToM switched VCs.
  • If you configure Frame Relay over MPLS on the Cisco 12000 series router and the core-facing interface is an engine 4 or 4+ line card and the edge-facing interface is an engine 0 or 2 line card, then the BECN, FECN, control word (CW), and DE bit information is stripped from the PVC.

Information About Any Transport over MPLS

How AToM Transports Layer 2 Packets

AToM encapsulates Layer 2 frames at the ingress PE and sends them to a corresponding PE at the other end of a pseudowire, which is a connection between the two PE routers. The egress PE removes the encapsulation and sends out the Layer 2 frame.

The successful transmission of the Layer 2 frames between PE routers is due to the configuration of the PE routers. You can set up the connection, called a pseudowire, between the routers and specify the following information on each PE router:

  • The type of Layer 2 data that will be transported across the pseudowire such as Ethernet, Frame Relay, or ATM
  • The IP address of the loopback interface of the peer PE router, which enables the PE routers to communicate
  • A unique combination of peer PE IP address and VC ID that identifies the pseudowire

The following example shows the basic configuration steps on a PE router that enable the transport of Layer 2 packets. Each transport type has slightly different steps.

Step 1 defines the interface or subinterface on the PE router:

Router# interface 
interface-type interface-number

Step 2 specifies the encapsulation type for the interface, such as dot1q:

Router(config-if)# encapsulation encapsulation-type

Step 3 does the following:

  • Makes a connection to the peer PE router by specifying the LDP router ID of the peer PE router.
  • Specifies a 32-bit unique identifier, called the VC ID, which is shared between the two PE routers.

The combination of the peer router ID and the VC ID must be unique on the router. Two circuits cannot use the same combination of the peer router ID and VC ID.

  • Specifies the tunneling method used to encapsulate data in the pseudowire. AToM uses MPLS as the tunneling method.
Router(config-if)# xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

As an alternative, you can set up a pseudowire class to specify the tunneling method and other characteristics. For more information, see the Configuring the Pseudowire Class.

AToM Configuration Commands Prior to Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S

In releases of AToM before Cisco IOS 12.0(25)S, the mpls l2 transport routecommand was used to configure AToM circuits.This command has been replaced with the xconnectcommand.

No enhancements will be made to the mpls l2transport routecommand. Enhancements will be made to either the xconnectcommand or the pseudowire-classcommand. Therefore, Cisco recommends that you use the xconnect command to configure AToM circuits.

Configurations from releases before Cisco IOS 12.0(25)S that use the mpls l2transport routecommand are still supported.

Benefits of AToM

The following list explains some of the benefits of enabling Layer 2 packets to be sent in the MPLS network:

  • The AToM product set accommodates many types of Layer 2 packets, including Ethernet and Frame Relay, across multiple Cisco router platforms, such as the Cisco 7200 and Cisco 7500 series routers. This enables the service provider to transport all types of traffic over the backbone and accommodate all types of customers.
  • AToM adheres to the standards developed for transporting Layer 2 packets over MPLS. (See the "Standards" section for the specific standards that AToM follows.) This benefits the service provider that wants to incorporate industry-standard methodologies in the network. Other Layer 2 solutions are proprietary, which can limit the service provider’s ability to expand the network and can force the service provider to use only one vendor’s equipment.
  • Upgrading to AToM is transparent to the customer. Because the service provider network is separate from the customer network, the service provider can upgrade to AToM without disruption of service to the customer. The customers assume that they are using a traditional Layer 2 backbone.

MPLS Traffic Engineering Fast Reroute

AToM can use MPLS traffic engineering (TE) tunnels with fast reroute (FRR) support. AToM VCs can be rerouted around a failed link or node at the same time as MPLS and IP prefixes.

Enabling fast reroute on AToM does not require any special commands; you can use the standard fast reroute (FRR) commands. At the ingress PE, an AToM tunnel is protected by fast reroute when it is routed to an FRR-protected TE tunnel. Both link and node protection are supported for AToM VCs at the ingress PE. For more information on configuring MPLS TE fast reroute, see the following document:

MPLS Traffic Engineering (TE)--Link and Node Protection, with RSVP Hellos Support


Note


The AToM VC independence feature was introduced in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(31)S. This feature enables the Cisco 12000 series router to perform fast reroute in fewer than 50 milliseconds, regardless of the number of VCs configured. In previous releases, the fast reroute time depended on the number of VCs inside the protected TE tunnel.


For the Cisco 12000 series routers, fast reroute uses three or more labels, depending on where the TE tunnel ends:

  • If the TE tunnel is from a PE router to a PE router, three labels are used.
  • If the TE tunnel is from a PE router to the core router, four labels are used.

Engine 0 ATM line cards support three or more labels, but the performance degrades. Engine 2 Gigabit Ethernet line cards and engine 3 line cards support three or more labels and can work with the fast reroute feature.

You can issue the debug mpls l2transport fast-reroutecommand to debug fast reroute with AToM.


Note


This command does not display output on platforms where AToM fast reroute is implemented in the forwarding code. The command does display output on Cisco 10720 Internet router line cards and Cisco 12000 series line cards. This command does not display output for the Cisco 7500 (both Route Processor (RP) and Versatile Interface Processor (VIP)) series routers, Cisco 7200 series routers, and Cisco 12000 series RP.


In the following example, the primary link is disabled, which causes the backup tunnel (Tunnel 1) to become the primary path. In the following example, bolded output shows the status of the tunnel:

Router# execute-on slot 3 debug mpls l2transport fast-reroute
========= Line Card (Slot 3) =========
AToM fast reroute debugging is on
SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Processing TFIB FRR event for 10.4.0.1
SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Finished processing TFIB FRR event for 10.4.0.1
SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Processing TFIB FRR event for Tunnel41
SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Finished processing TFIB FRR event for Tunnel41
Sep 16 17:58:58.342: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface POS0/0, changed state to down
Sep 16 17:58:58.342: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 10.0.0.1 on POS0/0 from FULL to DOWN, Neighbor Down: Interface down or detached
Sep 16 17:58:59.342: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface POS0/0, changed state to down

Maximum Transmission Unit Guidelines for Estimating Packet Size

The following calculation helps you determine the size of the packets traveling through the core network. You set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) on the core-facing interfaces of the P and PE routers to accommodate packets of this size. The MTU should be greater than or equal to the total bytes of the items in the following equation:

Core MTU >= (Edge MTU + Transport header + AToM header + (MPLS label stack * MPLS label size))

The following sections describe the variables used in the equation:

Edge MTU

The edge MTU is the MTU for customer-facing interfaces.

Transport Header

The Transport header depends on the transport type. The table below lists the specific sizes of the headers.

Table 1 Header Size of Packets

Transport Type

Packet Size

AAL5

0-32 bytes

Ethernet VLAN

18 bytes

Ethernet Port

14 bytes

Frame Relay DLCI

2 bytes for Cisco encapsulation, 8 bytes for Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) encapsulation

HDLC

4 bytes

PPP

4 bytes

AToM Header

The AToM header is 4 bytes (control word). The control word is optional for Ethernet, PPP, HDLC, and cell relay transport types. However, the control word is required for Frame Relay and ATM AAL5 transport types.

MPLS Label Stack

The MPLS label stack size depends on the configuration of the core MPLS network:

  • AToM uses one MPLS label to identify the AToM VCs (VC label). Therefore, the minimum MPLS label stack is one for directly connected AToM PEs, which are PE routers that do not have a P router between them.
  • If LDP is used in the MPLS network, the label stack size is two (the LDP label and the VC label).
  • If a TE tunnel is used instead of LDP between PE routers in the MPLS network, the label stack size is two (the TE label and the VC label).
  • If a TE tunnel and LDP are used in the MPLS network (for example, a TE tunnel between P routers or between P and PE routers, with LDP on the tunnel), the label stack is three (the TE label, LDP label, and VC label).
  • If you use MPLS fast reroute in the MPLS network, you add a label to the stack. The maximum MPLS label stack in this case is four (the FRR label, TE label, LDP label, and VC label).
  • If AToM is used by the customer carrier in an MPLS VPN Carrier Supporting Carrier environment, you add a label to the stack. The maximum MPLS label stack in the provider carrier network is five (the FRR label, TE label, LDP label, VPN label, and VC label).
  • If an AToM tunnel spans different service providers that exchange MPLS labels using IPv4 Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) (RFC 3107), you add a label to the stack. The maximum MPLS label stack is five (the FRR label, TE label, Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) label, LDP label, and VC label).

Other circumstances can increase the MPLS label stack size. Therefore, analyze the complete data path between the AToM tunnel endpoints, determine the maximum MPLS label stack size for your network, and then multiply the label stack size by the size of the MPLS label.

Example Estimating Packet Size

The size of packets is estimated in the following example, which uses the following assumptions:

  • The edge MTU is 1500 bytes.
  • The transport type is Ethernet VLAN, which designates 18 bytes for the transport header.
  • The AToM header is 0, because the control word is not used.
  • The MPLS label stack is 2, because LDP is used. The MPLS label is 4 bytes.
Edge MTU + Transport header + AToM header + (MPLS label stack * MPLS label) = Core MTU
1500     + 18                    + 0      + (2                * 4         ) = 1526

You must configure the P and PE routers in the core to accept packets of 1526 bytes.

Once you determine the MTU size to set on your P and PE routers, you can issue the mtucommand on the routers to set the MTU size. The following example specifies an MTU of 1526 bytes:

Router(config-if)# mtu 1526

mpls mtu Command Changes

Some interfaces (such as FastEthernet) require the mpls mtu command to change the MTU size. In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S, the behavior of the mpls mtu command changed.

If the interface MTU is fewer than 1524 bytes, you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 24 bytes more than the interface MTU. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1510 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 1534 bytes (1510 + 24).


Caution


Although you can set the MPLS MTU to a value greater than the interface MTU, you must set the MPLS MTU value to less than or equal to the interface MTU to prevent data corruption, dropped packets, and high CPU rates.


If the interface MTU is greater than or equal to 1524 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU value to as high as the interface MTU value. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1600 bytes, then you can set the MPLS MTU to a maximum of 1600 bytes. If you set the MPLS MTU value to higher than the interface MTU, traffic is dropped.

For interfaces that do not allow you to configure the interface MTU value and for interfaces where the interface MTU is 1500 bytes, the MPLS MTU range is 64 to 1524 bytes.

For GRE tunnel interfaces you can set the MPLS MTU value to either the default value or the maximum value that is supported by the platform for the interface.

You can set the MPLS MTU value to the maximum value by using the max keyword along with the mpls mtu command. The mpls mtu max command allows the previously dropped packets to pass through the GRE tunnel by fragmentation on the underlying physical interface.

Note that the MPLS MTU value cannot be greater than the interface MTU value for non-GRE tunnels.

If you upgrade to Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S and you have an MPLS MTU setting that does not conform to these guidelines, the command is rejected.

For Cisco IOS Release 12.2(27)SBC, 12.2(33)SRA, 12.4(11)T, 12.2(33)SXH, and later releases, you cannot set the MPLS MTU to a value greater than the interface MTU. This eliminates problems, such as dropped packets, data corruption, and high CPU rates. See the MPLS MTU Command Changes document for more information.

Per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS

MTU values can be specified in xconnect subinterface configuration mode. When you use xconnect subinterface configuration mode to set the MTU value, you establish a pseudowire connection for situations where the interfaces have different MTU values that cannot be changed.

If you specify an MTU value in xconnect subinterface configuration mode that is outside the range of supported MTU values (64 bytes to the maximum number of bytes supported by the interface), the command might be rejected. If you specify an MTU value that is out of range in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, the router enters the command in subinterface configuration mode.

For example, if you specify an MTU of 1501 in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, and that value is out of range, the router enters the command in subinterface configuration mode, where it is accepted:

Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/0/2.1
Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.10.10.1 100 encapsulation mpls
Router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu ?
<64 - 1500> MTU size in bytes
Router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu 1501 <<================
Router(config-subif)# mtu ?
<64 - 17940> MTU size in bytes

If the MTU value is not accepted in either xconnect subinterface configuration mode or subinterface configuration mode, then the command is rejected.

Frame Relay over MPLS and DTE DCE and NNI Connections

You can configure an interface as a DTE device or a DCE switch, or as a switch connected to a switch with network-to-network interface (NNI) connections. Use the following command in interface configuration mode:

frame-relay intf-type [dce | dte | nni]

The keywords are explained in the table below.

Table 2 frame-relay intf-type Command Keywords

Keyword

Description

dce

Enables the router or access server to function as a switch connected to a router.

dte

Enables the router or access server to function as a DTE device. DTE is the default.

nni

Enables the router or access server to function as a switch connected to a switch.

Local Management Interface and Frame Relay over MPLS

Local Management Interface (LMI) is a protocol that communicates status information about PVCs. When a PVC is added, deleted, or changed, the LMI notifies the endpoint of the status change. LMI also provides a polling mechanism that verifies that a link is up.

How LMI Works

To determine the PVC status, LMI checks that a PVC is available from the reporting device to the Frame Relay end-user device. If a PVC is available, LMI reports that the status is “Active,” which means that all interfaces, line protocols, and core segments are operational between the reporting device and the Frame Relay end-user device. If any of those components is not available, the LMI reports a status of “Inactive.”


Note


Only the DCE and NNI interface types can report the LMI status.


The figure below is a sample topology that helps illustrate how LMI works.

Figure 1. Sample Topology

In the figure above, note the following:

  • CE1 and PE1 and PE2 and CE2 are Frame Relay LMI peers.
  • CE1 and CE2 can be Frame Relay switches or end-user devices.
  • Each Frame Relay PVC comprises multiple segments.
  • The DLCI value is local to each segment and is changed as traffic is switched from segment to segment. Two Frame Relay PVC segments exist in the figure; one is between PE1 and CE1 and the other is between PE2 and CE2.

The LMI protocol behavior depends on whether you have DLCI-to-DLCI or port-to-port connections.

DLCI-to-DLCI Connections

If you have DLCI-to-DLCI connections, LMI runs locally on the Frame Relay ports between the PE and CE devices:

  • CE1 sends an active status to PE1 if the PVC for CE1 is available. If CE1 is a switch, LMI checks that the PVC is available from CE1 to the user device attached to CE1.
  • PE1 sends an active status to CE1 if the following conditions are met:
    • A PVC for PE1 is available.
    • PE1 received an MPLS label from the remote PE router.
    • An MPLS tunnel label exists between PE1 and the remote PE.

For DTE or DCE configurations, the following LMI behavior exists: The Frame Relay device accessing the network (DTE) does not report the PVC status. Only the network device (DCE) or NNI can report the status. Therefore, if a problem exists on the DTE side, the DCE is not aware of the problem.

Port-to-Port Connections

If you have port-to-port connections, the PE routers do not participate in the LMI status-checking procedures. LMI operates only between the CE routers. The CE routers must be configured as DCE-DTE or NNI-NNI.

For information about LMI, including configuration instructions, see the “Configuring the LMI” section of the Configuring Frame Relay document.

QoS Features Supported with AToM

For information about configuring QoS features on Cisco 12000 series routers, see the following feature module:

Any Transport over MPLS (AToM): Layer 2 QoS for the Cisco 12000 Series Router (Quality of Service)

The tables below list the QoS features supported by AToM on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

Table 3 QoS Features Supported with Ethernet over MPLS on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

QoS Feature

Ethernet over MPLS

Service policy

Can be applied to:

  • Interface (input and output)
  • Subinterface (input and output)

Classification

Supports the following commands:

  • match cos (on interfaces and subinterfaces)
  • match mpls experimental (on interfaces and subinterfaces)
  • match qos-group (on interfaces) (output policy)

Marking

Supports the following commands:

  • set cos (output policy)
  • set discard-class (input policy)
  • set mpls experimental (input policy) (on interfaces and subinterfaces)
  • set qos-group (input policy)

Policing

Supports the following:

  • Single-rate policing
  • Two-rate policing
  • Color-aware policing
  • Multiple-action policing

Queueing and shaping

Supports the following:

  • Distributed Low Latency Queueing (dLLQ)
  • Distributed Weighted Random Early Detection (dWRED)
  • Byte-based WRED
Table 4 QoS Features Supported with Frame Relay over MPLS on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

QoS Feature

Frame Relay over MPLS

Service policy

Can be applied to:

  • Interface (input and output)
  • PVC (input and output)

Classification

Supports the following commands:

  • match fr-de (on interfaces and VCs)
  • match fr-dlci (on interfaces)
  • match qos-group

Marking

Supports the following commands:

  • frame-relay congestion management (output)
  • set discard-class
  • set fr-de (output policy)
  • set fr-fecn-becn (output)
  • set mpls experimental
  • set qos-group
  • threshold ecn (output)

Policing

Supports the following:

  • Single-rate policing
  • Two-rate policing
  • Color-aware policing
  • Multiple-action policing

Queueing and shaping

Supports the following:

  • dLLQ
  • dWRED
  • Distributed traffic shaping
  • Distributed class-based weighted fair queueing (dCBWFQ)
  • Byte-based WRED
  • random-detect discard-class-based command
Table 5 QoS Features Supported with ATM Cell Relay and AAL5 over MPLS on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

QoS Feature

ATM Cell Relay and AAL5 over MPLS

Service policy

Can be applied to:

  • Interface (input and output)
  • Subinterface (input and output)
  • PVC (input and output)

Classification

Supports the following commands:

  • match mpls experimental (on VCs)
  • match qos-group (output)

Marking

Supports the following commands:

  • random-detect discard-class-based (input)
  • set clp (output) (on interfaces, subinterfaces, and VCs)
  • set discard-class (input)
  • set mpls experimental (input) (on interfaces, subinterfaces, and VCs)
  • set qos-group (input)

Policing

Supports the following:

  • Single-rate policing
  • Two-rate policing
  • Color-aware policing
  • Multiple-action policing

Queueing and shaping

Supports the following:

  • dLLQ
  • dWRED
  • dCBWFQ
  • Byte-based WRED
  • random-detect discard-class-based command
  • Class-based shaping support on ATM PVCs

How to Configure Any Transport over MPLS

This section explains how to perform a basic AToM configuration and includes the following procedures:

Configuring the Pseudowire Class

The successful transmission of the Layer 2 frames between PE routers is due to the configuration of the PE routers. You set up the connection, called a pseudowire, between the routers.


Note


In simple configurations, this task is optional. You do not need to specify a pseudowire class if you specify the tunneling method as part of the xconnectcommand.


The pseudowire-class configuration group specifies the following characteristics of the tunneling mechanism:

  • Encapsulation type
  • Control protocol
  • Payload-specific options

For more information about the pseudowire-classcommand, see the following feature module: Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3.

You must specify the encapsulation mplscommandas part of the pseudowire class or as part of the xconnect command for the AToM VCs to work properly. If you omit the encapsulation mplscommandas part of the xconnectcommand, you will receive the following error:

% Incomplete command.
SUMMARY STEPS

    1.    enable

    2.    configure terminal

    3.    pseudowire-class name

    4.    encapsulation mpls

    5.    end


DETAILED STEPS
     Command or ActionPurpose
    Step 1 enable


    Example:
    Router> enable
     

    Enables privileged EXEC mode.

    • Enter your password if prompted.
     
    Step 2 configure terminal


    Example:
    Router# configure terminal
     

    Enters global configuration mode.

     
    Step 3 pseudowire-class name


    Example:
    Router(config)# pseudowire-class atom
     

    Establishes a pseudowire class with a name that you specify and enters pseudowire class configuration mode.

     
    Step 4 encapsulation mpls


    Example:
    Router(config-pw-class)# encapsulation mpls 
     

    Specifies the tunneling encapsulation.

     
    Step 5 end


    Example:
    Router(config-pw-class)# end
     

    Exits pseudowire class configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

     
    What to Do Next

    To change the type of encapsulation, remove the pseudowire with the no pseudowire-class command, reestablish the pseudowire, and specify the new encapsulation type.

    Once you specify the encapsulation mpls command, you can neither remove it using the no encapsulation mplscommand nor change the command setting using the encapsulation l2tpv3 command. If you try to remove or change the encapsulation type using the above-mentioned commands, you will get the following error message:

    Encapsulation changes are not allowed on an existing pw-class.
    

    To remove a pseudowire, use the clear xconnect command in privileged EXEC mode. You can remove all pseudowires or specific pseudowires on an interface or peer router.

    Configuring ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

    ATM AAL5 over MPLS for PVCs encapsulates ATM AAL5 service data unit (SDUs) in MPLS packets and forwards them across the MPLS network. Each ATM AAL5 SDU is transported as a single packet.


    Note


    AAL5 over MPLS is supported only in SDU mode.

    >
    SUMMARY STEPS

      1.    enable

      2.    configure terminal

      3.    interface typeslot/port

      4.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

      5.    encapsulation aal5

      6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

      7.    exit

      8.    exit

      9.    exit

      10.    show mpls l2transport vc


    DETAILED STEPS
       Command or ActionPurpose
      Step 1 enable


      Example:
      Router> enable
       

      Enables privileged EXEC mode.

      • Enter your password if prompted.
       
      Step 2 configure terminal


      Example:
      Router# configure terminal
       

      Enters global configuration mode.

       
      Step 3 interface typeslot/port


      Example:
      Router(config)# interface atm1/0
       

      Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

       
      Step 4 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


      Example:
      Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
       

      Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

      • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
       
      Step 5 encapsulation aal5


      Example:
      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal5
       

      Specifies the ATM ALL5 encapsulation for the PVC.

      • Make sure that you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
       
      Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


      Example:
      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
       

      Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

       
      Step 7 exit


      Example:
      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
       

      Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

       
      Step 8 exit


      Example:
      Router(config-if)# exit
       

      Exits interface configuration mode.

       
      Step 9 exit


      Example:
      Router(config)# exit
       

      Exits global configuration mode.

       
      Step 10 show mpls l2transport vc


      Example:
      Router# show mpls l2transport vc
       

      Displays output that shows ATM AAL5 over MPLS is configured on a PVC.

       

      Examples

      The following is sample output from the show mpls l2transport vccommand, which shows that ATM AAL5 over MPLS is configured on a PVC:

      Router# show mpls l2transport vc
      Local intf   Local circuit          Dest address      VC ID      Status
      ---------    -------------          ------------      -----      ------
      ATM1/0       ATM AAL5 1/100         10.4.4.4           100        UP

      Configuring ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

      You can create a VC class that specifies the AAL5 encapsulation and then attach the encapsulation type to an interface, subinterface, or PVC. The following task creates a VC class and attaches it to a main interface.


      Note


      AAL5 over MPLS is supported only in SDU mode.

      >
      SUMMARY STEPS

        1.    enable

        2.    configure terminal

        3.    vc-class atm vc-class-name

        4.    encapsulation layer-type

        5.    exit

        6.    interface typeslot/port

        7.    class-int vc-class-name

        8.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

        9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

        10.    exit

        11.    exit

        12.    exit

        13.    show atm class-links


      DETAILED STEPS
         Command or ActionPurpose
        Step 1 enable


        Example:
        Router> enable
         

        Enables privileged EXEC mode.

        • Enter your password if prompted.
         
        Step 2 configure terminal


        Example:
        Router# configure terminal
         

        Enters global configuration mode.

         
        Step 3 vc-class atm vc-class-name


        Example:
        Router(config)# vc-class atm aal5class
         

        Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

         
        Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


        Example:
        Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal5
         

        Configures AAL and the encapsulation type.

         
        Step 5 exit


        Example:
        Router(config-vc-class)# exit
         

        Exits VC class configuration mode.

         
        Step 6 interface typeslot/port


        Example:
        Router(config)# interface atm1/0
         

        Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

         
        Step 7 class-int vc-class-name


        Example:
        Router(config-if)# class-int aal5class
         

        Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

        Note   

        You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

         
        Step 8 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


        Example:
        Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
         

        Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

        • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
         
        Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


        Example:
        Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
         

        Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

         
        Step 10 exit


        Example:
        Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
         

        Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

         
        Step 11 exit


        Example:
        Router(config-if)# exit
         

        Exits interface configuration mode.

         
        Step 12 exit


        Example:
        Router(config)# exit
         

        Exits global configuration mode.

         
        Step 13 show atm class-links


        Example:
        Router# show atm class-links
         

        Shows the type of encapsulation and that the VC class was applied to an interface.

         

        Examples

        In the following example, the command output of the show atm class-linkscommand verifies that ATM AAL5 over MPLS is configured as part of a VC class. The command output shows the type of encapsulation and that the VC class was applied to an interface.

        Router# show atm class-links 1/100
        Displaying vc-class inheritance for ATM1/
        0.0, vc 1/
        100:
        no broadcast - Not configured - using default
        encapsulation aal5 - VC-class configured on main interface

        Configuring OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS

        If a PE router does not support the transport of Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cells across a label switched path (LSP), you can use OAM cell emulation to locally terminate or loop back the OAM cells. You configure OAM cell emulation on both PE routers, which emulates a VC by forming two unidirectional LSPs. You use the oam-ac emulation-enableand oam-pvc managecommands on both PE routers to enable OAM cell emulation.

        After you enable OAM cell emulation on a router, you can configure and manage the ATM VC in the same manner as you would a terminated VC. A VC that has been configured with OAM cell emulation can send loopback cells at configured intervals toward the local CE router. The endpoint can be either of the following:

        • End-to-end loopback, which sends OAM cells to the local CE router.
        • Segment loopback, which responds to OAM cells to a device along the path between the PE and CE routers.

        The OAM cells include the following cells:

        • Alarm indication signal (AIS)
        • Remote defect indication (RDI)

        These cells identify and report defects along a VC. When a physical link or interface failure occurs, intermediate nodes insert OAM AIS cells into all the downstream devices affected by the failure. When a router receives an AIS cell, it marks the ATM VC down and sends an RDI cell to let the remote end know about the failure.

        This section contains two tasks:

        Configuring OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

        Perform this task to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS on a PVC.


        Note


        For AAL5 over MPLS, you can configure the oam-pvc managecommandonly after you issue the oam-ac emulation-enable command.


        SUMMARY STEPS

          1.    enable

          2.    configure terminal

          3.    interface typeslot /port

          4.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

          5.    encapsulation aal5

          6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

          7.    oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]

          8.    oam-pvc manage [frequency]

          9.    exit

          10.    exit

          11.    exit

          12.    show atm pvc


        DETAILED STEPS
           Command or ActionPurpose
          Step 1 enable


          Example:
          Router> enable
           

          Enables privileged EXEC mode.

          • Enter your password if prompted.
           
          Step 2 configure terminal


          Example:
          Router# configure terminal
           

          Enters global configuration mode.

           
          Step 3 interface typeslot /port


          Example:
          Router(config)# interface atm1/0
           

          Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

           
          Step 4 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


          Example:
          Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
           

          Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

          • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
           
          Step 5 encapsulation aal5


          Example:
          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal5
           

          Specifies ATM AAL5 encapsulation for the PVC.

          • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
           
          Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


          Example:
          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
           

          Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

           
          Step 7 oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]


          Example:
          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# oam-ac emulation-enable 30
           

          Enables OAM cell emulation for AAL5 over MPLS.

          • The ais-rate argument lets you specify the rate at which AIS cells are sent. The default is one cell every second. The range is 0 to 60 seconds.
           
          Step 8 oam-pvc manage [frequency]


          Example:
          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# oam-pvc manage
           

          Enables the PVC to generate end-to-end OAM loopback cells that verify connectivity on the virtual circuit.

          • The optional frequency argument is the interval between transmission of loopback cells and ranges from 0 to 600 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
           
          Step 9 exit


          Example:
          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
           

          Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

           
          Step 10 exit


          Example:
          Router(config-if)# exit
           

          Exits interface configuration mode.

           
          Step 11 exit


          Example:
          Router(config)# exit
           

          Exits global configuration mode.

           
          Step 12 show atm pvc


          Example:
          Router# show atm pvc
           

          Displays output that shows OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM PVC.

           
          Examples

          The output of the show atm pvc command in the following example shows that OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM PVC:

          Router# show atm pvc 5/500
          ATM4/1/0.200: VCD: 6, VPI: 5, VCI: 500                    
          UBR, PeakRate: 1                                         
          AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x34000C20, VCmode: 0x0 
          OAM Cell Emulation: enabled, F5 End2end AIS Xmit frequency: 1 second(s) 
          OAM frequency: 0 second(s), OAM retry frequency: 1 second(s)
          OAM up retry count: 3, OAM down retry count: 5
          OAM Loopback status: OAM Disabled
          OAM VC state: Not ManagedVerified
          ILMI VC state: Not Managed
          InPkts: 564, OutPkts: 560, InBytes: 19792, OutBytes: 19680
          InPRoc: 0, OutPRoc: 0
          InFast: 4, OutFast: 0, InAS: 560, OutAS: 560
          InPktDrops: 0, OutPktDrops: 0
          CrcErrors: 0, SarTimeOuts: 0, OverSizedSDUs: 0
          Out CLP=1 Pkts: 0
          OAM cells received: 26
          F5 InEndloop: 0, F5 InSegloop: 0, F5 InAIS: 0, F5 InRDI: 26
          OAM cells sent: 77
          F5 OutEndloop: 0, F5 OutSegloop: 0, F5 OutAIS: 77, F5 OutRDI: 0 
          OAM cell drops: 0
          Status: UP

          Configuring OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

          The following steps explain how to configure OAM cell emulation as part of a VC class. You can then apply the VC class to an interface, a subinterface, or a VC. When you configure OAM cell emulation in VC class configuration mode and then apply the VC class to an interface, the settings in the VC class apply to all the VCs on the interface, unless you specify a different OAM cell emulation value at a lower level, such as the subinterface or VC level. For example, you can create a VC class that specifies OAM cell emulation and sets the rate of AIS cells to every 30 seconds. You can apply the VC class to an interface. Then, for one PVC, you can enable OAM cell emulation and set the rate of AIS cells to every 15 seconds. All the PVCs on the interface use the cell rate of 30 seconds, except for the one PVC that was set to 15 seconds.

          Perform this task to enable OAM cell emulation as part of a VC class and apply it to an interface.


          Note


          For AAL5 over MPLS, you can configure the oam-pvc managecommand only after you issue the oam-ac emulation-enable command.


          SUMMARY STEPS

            1.    enable

            2.    configure terminal

            3.    vc-class atm name

            4.    encapsulation layer-type

            5.    oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]

            6.    oam-pvc manage [frequency]

            7.    exit

            8.    interface typeslot/port

            9.    class-int vc-class-name

            10.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

            11.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

            12.    end


          DETAILED STEPS
             Command or ActionPurpose
            Step 1 enable


            Example:
            Router> enable
             

            Enables privileged EXEC mode.

            • Enter your password if prompted.
             
            Step 2 configure terminal


            Example:
            Router# configure terminal
             

            Enters global configuration mode.

             
            Step 3 vc-class atm name


            Example:
            Router(config)# vc-class atm oamclass
             

            Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

             
            Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


            Example:
            Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal5
             

            Configures the AAL and encapsulation type.

             
            Step 5 oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]


            Example:
            Router(config-vc-class)# oam-ac emulation-enable 30
             

            Enables OAM cell emulation for AAL5 over MPLS.

            • The ais-rate argument lets you specify the rate at which AIS cells are sent. The default is one cell every second. The range is 0 to 60 seconds.
             
            Step 6 oam-pvc manage [frequency]


            Example:
            Router(config-vc-class)# oam-pvc manage
             

            Enables the PVC to generate end-to-end OAM loopback cells that verify connectivity on the virtual circuit.

            • The optional frequency argument is the interval between transmission of loopback cells and ranges from 0 to 600 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
             
            Step 7 exit


            Example:
            Router(config-vc-class)# exit
             

            Exits VC class configuration mode.

             
            Step 8 interface typeslot/port


            Example:
            Router(config)# interface atm1/0
             

            Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

             
            Step 9 class-int vc-class-name


            Example:
            Router(config-if)# class-int oamclass
             

            Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

            Note   

            You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

             
            Step 10 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


            Example:
            Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
             

            Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

            • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
             
            Step 11 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


            Example:
            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
             

            Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

             
            Step 12 end


            Example:
            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
             

            Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

             

            Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode

            Perform this task to configure ATM cell relay on the permanent virtual circuits.

            SUMMARY STEPS

              1.    enable

              2.    configure terminal

              3.    interface atm slot /port

              4.    pvc vpi/vci l2transport

              5.    encapsulation aal0

              6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

              7.    exit

              8.    exit

              9.    exit

              10.    show atm vc


            DETAILED STEPS
               Command or ActionPurpose
              Step 1 enable


              Example:
              Router> enable
               

              Enables privileged EXEC mode.

              • Enter your password if prompted.
               
              Step 2 configure terminal


              Example:
              Router# configure terminal
               

              Enters global configuration mode.

               
              Step 3 interface atm slot /port


              Example:
              Router(config)# interface atm1/0
               

              Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

               
              Step 4 pvc vpi/vci l2transport


              Example:
              Router(config-if)# pvc 0/100 l2transport
               

              Assigns a virtual path identifier (VPI) and virtual circuit identifier (VCI) and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

              • The l2transportkeyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
               
              Step 5 encapsulation aal0


              Example:
              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal0
               

              For ATM cell relay, specifies raw cell encapsulation for the interface.

              • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
               
              Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


              Example:
              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
               

              Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

               
              Step 7 exit


              Example:
              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
               

              Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

               
              Step 8 exit


              Example:
              Router(config-if)# exit
               

              Exits interface configuration mode.

               
              Step 9 exit


              Example:
              Router(config)# exit
               

              Exits global configuration mode.

               
              Step 10 show atm vc


              Example:
              Router# show atm vc
               

              Verifies that OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM VC.

               

              Examples

              The output of the show atm vc command shows that the interface is configured for VC mode cell relay:

              Router# show atm vc 7
              ATM3/0: VCD: 7, VPI: 23, VCI: 100
              UBR, PeakRate: 149760
              AAL0-Cell Relay, etype:0x10, Flags: 0x10000C2D, VCmode: 0x0
              OAM Cell Emulation: not configured
              InBytes: 0, OutBytes: 0
              Status: UP

              Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

              You can create a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and then attach the VC class to an interface, subinterface, or VC. The following task creates a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and attaches it to a main interface.


              Note


              You can configure VC class configuration mode only in VC mode. VC class configuration mode is not supported on VP or port mode.


              SUMMARY STEPS

                1.    enable

                2.    configure terminal

                3.    vc-class atm name

                4.    encapsulation layer-type

                5.    exit

                6.    interface typeslot /port

                7.    class-int vc-class-name

                8.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                10.    end


              DETAILED STEPS
                 Command or ActionPurpose
                Step 1 enable


                Example:
                Router> enable
                 

                Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                • Enter your password if prompted.
                 
                Step 2 configure terminal


                Example:
                Router# configure terminal
                 

                Enters global configuration mode.

                 
                Step 3 vc-class atm name


                Example:
                Router(config)# vc-class atm cellrelay
                 

                Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

                 
                Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


                Example:
                Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal0
                 

                Configures the AAL and encapsulation type.

                 
                Step 5 exit


                Example:
                Router(config-vc-class)# exit
                 

                Exits VC class configuration mode.

                 
                Step 6 interface typeslot /port


                Example:
                Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                 

                Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                 
                Step 7 class-int vc-class-name


                Example:
                Router(config-if)# class-int cellrelay
                 

                Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

                Note   

                You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

                 
                Step 8 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                Example:
                Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                 

                Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                 
                Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                Example:
                Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                 

                Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                 
                Step 10 end


                Example:
                Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                 

                Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                 

                Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in PVP Mode

                VP mode allows cells coming into a predefined PVP on the ATM interface to be transported over the MPLS backbone to a predefined PVP on the egress ATM interface. You can use VP mode to send single cells or packed cells over the MPLS backbone.

                To configure VP mode, you must specify the following:

                • The VP for transporting cell relay cells.
                • The IP address of the peer PE router and the VC ID.

                When configuring ATM cell relay over MPLS in VP mode, use the following guidelines:

                • You do not need to enter the encapsulation aal0 command in VP mode.
                • One ATM interface can accommodate multiple types of ATM connections. VP cell relay, VC cell relay, and ATM AAL5 over MPLS can coexist on one ATM interface. On the Cisco 12000 series router, this is true only on the engine 0 ATM line cards.
                • If a VPI is configured for VP cell relay, you cannot configure a PVC using the same VPI.
                • VP trunking (mapping multiple VPs to one emulated VC label) is not supported. Each VP is mapped to one emulated VC.
                • Each VP is associated with one unique emulated VC ID. The AToM emulated VC type is ATM VP cell transport.
                • The AToM control word is supported. However, if a peer PE does not support the control word, it is disabled. This negotiation is done by LDP label binding.
                • VP mode (and VC mode) drop idle cells.

                Perform this task to configure ATM cell relay in PVP mode.

                SUMMARY STEPS

                  1.    enable

                  2.    configure terminal

                  3.    interface atm slot /port

                  4.    atm pvp vpi l2transport

                  5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                  6.    exit

                  7.    exit

                  8.    exit

                  9.    show atm vp


                DETAILED STEPS
                   Command or ActionPurpose
                  Step 1 enable


                  Example:
                  Router> enable
                   

                  Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                  • Enter your password if prompted.
                   
                  Step 2 configure terminal


                  Example:
                  Router# configure terminal
                   

                  Enters global configuration mode.

                   
                  Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                  Example:
                  Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                   

                  Defines the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                   
                  Step 4 atm pvp vpi l2transport


                  Example:
                  Router(config-if)# atm pvp 1 l2transport
                   

                  Specifies that the PVP is dedicated to transporting ATM cells and enters L2transport PVP configuration mode.

                  • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVP is for cell relay. This mode is for Layer 2 transport only; it is not for regular PVPs.
                   
                  Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                  Example:
                  Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvp)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls 
                   

                  Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                  • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                   
                  Step 6 exit


                  Example:
                  Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvP)# exit
                   

                  Exits L2 transport PVP configuration mode.

                   
                  Step 7 exit


                  Example:
                  Router(config-if)# exit
                   

                  Exits interface configuration mode.

                   
                  Step 8 exit


                  Example:
                  Router(config)# exit
                   

                  Exits global configuration mode.

                   
                  Step 9 show atm vp


                  Example:
                  Router# show atm vp
                   

                  Displays output that shows OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM VP.

                   

                  Examples

                  The following show atm vp command in the following example shows that the interface is configured for VP mode cell relay:

                  Router# show atm vp 1
                  ATM5/0  VPI: 1, Cell Relay, PeakRate: 149760, CesRate: 0, DataVCs: 1, CesVCs: 0, Status: ACTIVE
                    VCD    VCI   Type   InPkts   OutPkts   AAL/Encap     Status
                    6      3     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                    7      4     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                  TotalInPkts: 0, TotalOutPkts: 0, TotalInFast: 0, TotalOutFast: 0,
                  TotalBroadcasts: 0 TotalInPktDrops: 0, TotalOutPktDrops: 0

                  Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                  Port mode cell relay allows cells coming into an ATM interface to be packed into an MPLS packet and transported over the MPLS backbone to an egress ATM interface.

                  To configure port mode, issue the xconnect command from an ATM main interface and specify the destination address and the VC ID. The syntax of the xconnect command is the same as for all other transport types. Each ATM port is associated with one unique pseudowire VC label.

                  When configuring ATM cell relay over MPLS in port mode, use the following guidelines:

                  • The pseudowire VC type is set to ATM transparent cell transport (AAL0).
                  • The AToM control word is supported. However, if the peer PE does not support a control word, the control word is disabled. This negotiation is done by LDP label binding.

                  Note


                  The AToM control word is not supported for port mode cell relay on Cisco 7600 series routers.


                  • Port mode and VP and VC mode are mutually exclusive. If you enable an ATM main interface for cell relay, you cannot enter any PVP or PVC commands.
                  • If the pseudowire VC label is withdrawn due to an MPLS core network failure, the PE router sends a line AIS to the CE router.
                  • For the Cisco 7600 series routers, you must specify the interface ATM slot, bay, and port for the SIP400 or SIP200.
                  SUMMARY STEPS

                    1.    enable

                    2.    configure terminal

                    3.    interface atm slot /port

                    4.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                    5.    exit

                    6.    exit

                    7.    show atm route

                    8.    show mpls l2transport vc


                  DETAILED STEPS
                     Command or ActionPurpose
                    Step 1 enable


                    Example:
                    Router> enable
                     

                    Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                    • Enter your password if prompted.
                     
                    Step 2 configure terminal


                    Example:
                    Router# configure terminal
                     

                    Enters global configuration mode.

                     
                    Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                    Example:
                    or interface atm slot/bay/port


                    Example:
                    Router(config)# interface atm1/0


                    Example:
                    or 


                    Example:
                    Router(config)# interface atm4/3/0 
                     

                    Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                    • For the Cisco 7600 series routers, you must specify the interface ATM slot, bay, and port for the SIP400 or SIP200. In the example the slot is 4, the bay is 3, and the port is 0.
                     
                    Step 4 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                    Example:
                    Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                     

                    Binds the attachment circuit to the interface.

                     
                    Step 5 exit


                    Example:
                    Router(config-if)# exit
                     

                    Exits interface configuration mode.

                     
                    Step 6 exit


                    Example:
                    Router(config)# exit
                     

                    Exits global configuration mode.

                     
                    Step 7 show atm route


                    Example:
                    Router# show atm route
                     

                    Displays output that shows ATM cell relay in port mode has been enabled.

                     
                    Step 8 show mpls l2transport vc


                    Example:
                    Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                     

                    Displays the attachment circuit and the interface.

                     

                    Examples

                    The show atm route command in the following example displays port mode cell relay state. The following example shows that atm interface 1/0 is for cell relay, the VC ID is 123 and the tunnel is down.

                    Router# show atm route
                    Input Intf        Output Intf     Output VC       Status
                    ATM1/0            ATOM Tunnel     123             DOWN
                    

                    The show mpls l2transport vc command in the following example also shows configuration information:

                    Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                    Local intf     Local circuit        Dest address    VC ID      Status    
                    -------------  -------------------- --------------- ---------- ----------
                    AT1/0          ATM CELL ATM1/0      10.1.1.121     1121       UP      
                    

                    Troubleshooting Tips

                    The debug atm l2transport and debug mpls l2transport vcdisplay troubleshooting information.

                    Configuring ATM Single Cell Relay over MPLS

                    The single cell relay feature allows you to insert one ATM cell in each MPLS packet. You can use single cell relay in both VP and VC mode. The configuration steps show how to configure single cell relay in VC mode. For VP mode, see the Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in PVP Mode.

                    SUMMARY STEPS

                      1.    enable

                      2.    configure terminal

                      3.    interface atm slot/port

                      4.    pvc vpi/vci l2transport

                      5.    encapsulation aal0

                      6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                      7.    end


                    DETAILED STEPS
                       Command or ActionPurpose
                      Step 1 enable


                      Example:
                      Router> enable
                       

                      Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                      • Enter your password if prompted.
                       
                      Step 2 configure terminal


                      Example:
                      Router# configure terminal
                       

                      Enters global configuration mode.

                       
                      Step 3 interface atm slot/port


                      Example:
                      Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                       

                      Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                       
                      Step 4 pvc vpi/vci l2transport


                      Example:
                      Router(config-if)# pvc 1/100 l2transport
                       

                      Assigns a VPI and VCI and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                      • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                       
                      Step 5 encapsulation aal0


                      Example:
                      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal0
                       

                      Specifies raw cell encapsulation for the interface.

                      • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
                       
                      Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                      Example:
                      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                       

                      Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                       
                      Step 7 end


                      Example:
                      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                       

                      Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                       

                      Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS

                      The packed cell relay feature allows you to insert multiple concatenated ATM cells in an MPLS packet. The packed cell relay feature is more efficient than single cell relay, because each ATM cell is 52 bytes, and each AToM packet is at least 64 bytes.

                      At a high level, packed cell relay configuration consists of the following steps:

                      1. You specify the amount of time a PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. You can set up three timers by default with different amounts of time attributed to each timer.
                      2. You enable packed cell relay, specify how many cells should be packed into each MPLS packet, and choose which timer to use during the cell packing process.

                      Restrictions

                      • The cell-packingcommand is available only if you use AAL0 encapsulation in VC mode. If the command is configured with ATM AAL5 encapsulation, the command is not valid.
                      • Only cells from the same VC, VP, or port can be packed into one MPLS packet. Cells from different connections cannot be concatenated into the same MPLS packet.
                      • When you change, enable, or disable the cell-packing attributes, the ATM VC, VP, or port and the MPLS emulated VC are reestablished.
                      • If a PE router does not support packed cell relay, the PE router sends only one cell per MPLS packet.
                      • The number of packed cells does not need to match between the PE routers. The two PE routers agree on the lower of the two values. For example, if PE1 is allowed to pack 10 cells per MPLS packet and PE2 is allowed to pack 20 cells per MPLS packet, the two PE routers would agree to send no more than 10 cells per packet.
                      • If the number of cells packed by the peer PE router exceeds the limit, the packet is dropped.
                      • Issue the atm mcpt-timerscommand on an ATM interface before issuing the cell-packingcommand.

                      See the following sections for configuration information:

                      Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode

                      Perform this task to configure the ATM packed cell relay over MPLS feature in VC mode.

                      SUMMARY STEPS

                        1.    enable

                        2.    configure terminal

                        3.    interface atm slot /port

                        4.    shutdown

                        5.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                        6.    no shutdown

                        7.    pvc vpi/vci l2transport

                        8.    encapsulation aal0

                        9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                        10.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                        11.    end


                      DETAILED STEPS
                         Command or ActionPurpose
                        Step 1 enable


                        Example:
                        Router> enable
                         

                        Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                        • Enter your password if prompted.
                         
                        Step 2 configure terminal


                        Example:
                        Router# configure terminal
                         

                        Enters global configuration mode.

                         
                        Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                        Example:
                        Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                         

                        Defines the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                         
                        Step 4 shutdown


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if)# shutdown
                         

                        Shuts down the interface.

                         
                        Step 5 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250


                        Example:
                        
                        
                                
                         

                        Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                        • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the maximum cell-packing timeout (MCPT). This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                        • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                          • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                          • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                          • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                        • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                        • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                          • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                          • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                          • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                         
                        Step 6 no shutdown


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                         

                        Enables the interface.

                         
                        Step 7 pvc vpi/vci l2transport


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if)# pvc 1/100 l2transport
                         

                        Assigns a VPI and VCI and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                        • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                         
                        Step 8 encapsulation aal0


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal0
                         

                        Specifies raw cell encapsulation for the interface.

                        • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE routers.
                         
                        Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls 
                         

                        Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                         
                        Step 10 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                        Example:
                        
                        
                                
                         

                        Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                        • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                        • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                        • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                         
                        Step 11 end


                        Example:
                        Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                         

                        Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                         

                        Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

                        You can create a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and the cell packing parameters and then attach the VC class to an interface, subinterface, or VC. The following task creates a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and cell packing and attaches it to a main interface.


                        Note


                        You can configure VC class configuration mode only in VC mode. VC class configuration mode is not supported on VP or port mode.


                        When you configure cell packing in VC class configuration mode and then apply the VC class to an interface, the settings in the VC class apply to all the VCs on the interface, unless you specify a different cell packing value at a lower level, such as the subinterface or VC level. For example, you can create a VC class that specifies three cells to be packed. You can apply the VC class to an interface. Then, for one PVC, you can specify two cells to be packed. All the PVCs on the interface pack three cells, except for the one PVC that was set to set two cells.

                        SUMMARY STEPS

                          1.    enable

                          2.    configure terminal

                          3.    vc-class atm name

                          4.    encapsulation layer-type

                          5.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                          6.    exit

                          7.    interface typeslot /port

                          8.    shutdown

                          9.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                          10.    no shutdown

                          11.    class-int vc-class-name

                          12.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                          13.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                          14.    end


                        DETAILED STEPS
                           Command or ActionPurpose
                          Step 1 enable


                          Example:
                          Router> enable
                           

                          Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                          • Enter your password if prompted.
                           
                          Step 2 configure terminal


                          Example:
                          Router# configure terminal
                           

                          Enters global configuration mode.

                           
                          Step 3 vc-class atm name


                          Example:
                          Router(config)# vc-class atm cellpacking
                           

                          Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

                           
                          Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


                          Example:
                          Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal0
                           

                          Configures the AAL and encapsulation type.

                           
                          Step 5 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                          Example:
                          Router(config-vc-class)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                          Example:
                          
                          
                                  
                           

                          Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                          • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                          • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                          • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                           
                          Step 6 exit


                          Example:
                          Router(config-vc-class)# exit
                           

                          Exits VC class configuration mode.

                           
                          Step 7 interface typeslot /port


                          Example:
                          Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                           

                          Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                           
                          Step 8 shutdown


                          Example:
                          Router(config-if)# shutdown
                           

                          Shuts down the interface.

                           
                          Step 9 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                          Example:
                          Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250


                          Example:
                          
                          
                                  
                           

                          Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                          • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the MCPT. This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                          • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                            • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                            • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                            • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                          • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                          • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                            • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                            • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                            • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                           
                          Step 10 no shutdown


                          Example:
                          Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                           

                          Enables the interface.

                           
                          Step 11 class-int vc-class-name


                          Example:
                          Router(config-if)# class-int cellpacking
                           

                          Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

                          Note   

                          You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

                           
                          Step 12 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                          Example:
                          Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                           

                          Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                          • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                           
                          Step 13 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                          Example:
                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                           

                          Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                           
                          Step 14 end


                          Example:
                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                           

                          Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                           

                          Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VP Mode

                          Perform this task to configure the ATM cell-packing feature in VP mode.

                          SUMMARY STEPS

                            1.    enable

                            2.    configure terminal

                            3.    interface atm slot /port

                            4.    shutdown

                            5.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                            6.    no shutdown

                            7.    atm pvp vpi l2transport

                            8.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                            9.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                            10.    end


                          DETAILED STEPS
                             Command or ActionPurpose
                            Step 1 enable


                            Example:
                            Router> enable
                             

                            Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                            • Enter your password if prompted.
                             
                            Step 2 configure terminal


                            Example:
                            Router# configure terminal
                             

                            Enters global configuration mode.

                             
                            Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                            Example:
                            Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                             

                            Defines the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                             
                            Step 4 shutdown


                            Example:
                            Router(config-if)# shutdown
                             

                            Shuts down the interface.

                             
                            Step 5 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                            Example:
                            Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250


                            Example:
                            
                            
                                    
                             

                            Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                            • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the MCPT. This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                            • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                              • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                              • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                              • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                            • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                            • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                              • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                              • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                              • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                             
                            Step 6 no shutdown


                            Example:
                            Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                             

                            Enables the interface.

                             
                            Step 7 atm pvp vpi l2transport


                            Example:
                            Router(config-if)# atm pvp 1 l2transport
                             

                            Specifies that the PVP is dedicated to transporting ATM cells and enters L2transport PVP configuration mode.

                            • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVP is for cell relay. This mode is for Layer 2 transport only; it is not for regular PVPs.
                             
                            Step 8 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                            Example:
                            Router(cfg-if-atm-l2trans-pvp)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls 
                             

                            Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                            • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                             
                            Step 9 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                            Example:
                            Router(cfg-if-atm-l2trans-pvp)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                            Example:
                            
                            
                                    
                             

                            Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                            • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                            • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                            • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                             
                            Step 10 end


                            Example:
                            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                             

                            Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                             

                            Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                            Perform this task to configure ATM packed cell relay over MPLS in port mode.

                            SUMMARY STEPS

                              1.    enable

                              2.    configure terminal

                              3.    interface atm slot /port

                              4.    shutdown

                              5.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                              6.    no shutdown

                              7.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                              8.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                              9.    exit

                              10.    exit

                              11.    show atm cell-packing

                              12.    show atm vp


                            DETAILED STEPS
                               Command or ActionPurpose
                              Step 1 enable


                              Example:
                              Router> enable
                               

                              Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                              • Enter your password if prompted.
                               
                              Step 2 configure terminal


                              Example:
                              Router# configure terminal
                               

                              Enters global configuration mode.

                               
                              Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                              Example:
                              Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                               

                              Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                               
                              Step 4 shutdown


                              Example:
                              Router(config-if)# shutdown
                               

                              Shuts down the interface.

                               
                              Step 5 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                              Example:
                              Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250
                               

                              Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                              • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the MCPT. This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                              • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                                • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                                • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                              • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                              • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                                • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                                • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                               
                              Step 6 no shutdown


                              Example:
                              Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                               

                              Enables the interface.

                               
                              Step 7 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                              Example:
                              Router(config-if)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                              Example:
                              
                               
                              		  
                               

                              Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                              • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                              • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                              • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                               
                              Step 8 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                              Example:
                              Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                               

                              Binds the attachment circuit to the interface.

                               
                              Step 9 exit


                              Example:
                              Router(config-if)# exit
                               

                              Exits interface configuration mode.

                               
                              Step 10 exit


                              Example:
                              Router(config)# exit
                               

                              Exits global configuration mode.

                               
                              Step 11 show atm cell-packing


                              Example:
                              Router# show atm cell-packing
                               

                              Displays cell-packing statistics.

                               
                              Step 12 show atm vp


                              Example:
                              Router# show atm vp
                               

                              Displays cell-packing information.

                               
                              Examples

                              The show atm cell-packing command in the following example displays the following statistics:

                              • The number of cells that are to be packed into an MPLS packet on the local and peer routers
                              • The average number of cells sent and received
                              • The timer values associated with the local router
                              Router# show atm cell-packing
                                                       average                 average 
                                      circuit  local  nbr of cells    peer    nbr of cells    MCPT
                                      type     MNCP   rcvd in one pkt MNCP    sent in one pkt (us)
                              ==============================================================================
                              atm 1/0 vc 1/200  20    15              30              20       60      
                              atm 1/0 vp 2      25    21              30              24      100
                              

                              The show atm vp command in the following example displays the cell packing information at the end of the output:

                              Router# show atm vp 12
                              ATM5/0  VPI: 12, Cell Relay, PeakRate: 149760, CesRate: 0, DataVCs: 1, CesVCs: 0, Status: ACTIVE
                                VCD    VCI   Type   InPkts   OutPkts   AAL/Encap     Status
                                6      3     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                                7      4     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                              TotalInPkts: 0, TotalOutPkts: 0, TotalInFast: 0, TotalOutFast: 0,
                              TotalBroadcasts: 0 TotalInPktDrops: 0, TotalOutPktDrops: 0
                              Local MNCP: 5, average number of cells received: 3
                              Peer MNCP: 1, average number of cells sent: 1
                              Local MCPT: 100 us

                              Troubleshooting Tips

                              To debug ATM cell packing, issue the debug atm cell-packing command.

                              Configuring Ethernet over MPLS in VLAN Mode

                              A VLAN is a switched network that is logically segmented by functions, project teams, or applications regardless of the physical location of users. Ethernet over MPLS allows you to connect two VLAN networks that are in different locations. You configure the PE routers at each end of the MPLS backbone and add a point-to-point VC. Only the two PE routers at the ingress and egress points of the MPLS backbone know about the VCs dedicated to transporting Layer 2 VLAN traffic. All other routers do not have table entries for those VCs. Ethernet over MPLS in VLAN mode transports Ethernet traffic from a source 802.1Q VLAN to a destination 802.1Q VLAN over a core MPLS network.


                              Note


                              You must configure Ethernet over MPLS (VLAN mode) on the subinterfaces.


                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                1.    enable

                                2.    configure terminal

                                3.    interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface

                                4.    encapsulation dot1q vlan-id

                                5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                6.    end


                              DETAILED STEPS
                                 Command or ActionPurpose
                                Step 1 enable


                                Example:
                                Router> enable
                                 

                                Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                • Enter your password if prompted.
                                 
                                Step 2 configure terminal


                                Example:
                                Router# configure terminal
                                 

                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                 
                                Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface


                                Example:
                                Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0.1
                                 

                                Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet subinterface and enters subinterface configuration mode.

                                • Make sure the subinterface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.
                                 
                                Step 4 encapsulation dot1q vlan-id


                                Example:
                                Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 100
                                 

                                Enables the subinterface to accept 802.1Q VLAN packets.

                                • The subinterfaces between the CE and PE routers that are running Ethernet over MPLS must be in the same subnet. All other subinterfaces and backbone routers do not.
                                 
                                Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                Example:
                                Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                 

                                Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                 
                                Step 6 end


                                Example:
                                Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                 

                                Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                 

                                Configuring Ethernet over MPLS in Port Mode

                                Port mode allows a frame coming into an interface to be packed into an MPLS packet and transported over the MPLS backbone to an egress interface. The entire Ethernet frame without the preamble or FCS is transported as a single packet. To configure port mode, use the xconnect command in interface configuration mode and specify the destination address and the VC ID. The syntax of the xconnect command is the same as for all other transport types. Each interface is associated with one unique pseudowire VC label.

                                When configuring Ethernet over MPLS in port mode, use the following guidelines:

                                • The pseudowire VC type is set to Ethernet.
                                • Port mode and Ethernet VLAN mode are mutually exclusive. If you enable a main interface for port-to-port transport, you cannot also enter commands on a subinterface.
                                • In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRE and later releases, L2VPN Routed Interworking using Ethernet over MPLS (EOMPLS) is no longer supported. When you configure the interworking ip command in pseudowire configuration mode, the xconnect command is disabled. To configure L2VPN Routed Interworking, use either Ethernet over MPLS (EOMPLS) or SVI (Switched Virtual Interface) based EOMPLS.
                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                  1.    enable

                                  2.    configure terminal

                                  3.    interface gigabitethernet slot/interface

                                  4.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                  5.    exit

                                  6.    exit

                                  7.    show mpls l2transport vc


                                DETAILED STEPS
                                   Command or ActionPurpose
                                  Step 1 enable


                                  Example:
                                  Router> enable
                                   

                                  Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                  • Enter your password if prompted.
                                   
                                  Step 2 configure terminal


                                  Example:
                                  Router# configure terminal
                                   

                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                   
                                  Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot/interface


                                  Example:
                                  Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0
                                   

                                  Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                  • Make sure the interface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.
                                   
                                  Step 4 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                  Example:
                                  Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                   

                                  Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                  • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                   
                                  Step 5 exit


                                  Example:
                                  Router(config-if)# exit
                                   

                                  Exits interface configuration mode.

                                   
                                  Step 6 exit


                                  Example:
                                  Router(config)# exit
                                   

                                  Exits router configuration mode.

                                   
                                  Step 7 show mpls l2transport vc


                                  Example:
                                  Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                                   

                                  Displays information about Ethernet over MPLS port mode.

                                   

                                  Examples

                                  In the following example, the output of the show mpls l2transport vc detailcommand is displayed:

                                  Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                  Local interface: Gi4/0.1 up, line protocol up, Eth VLAN 2 up
                                  Destination address: 10.1.1.1, VC ID: 2, VC status: up
                                  .
                                  .
                                  .
                                  Local interface: Gi8/0/1 up, line protocol up, Ethernet up
                                    Destination address: 10.1.1.1, VC ID: 8, VC status: up

                                  Configuring Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite

                                  The VLAN ID rewrite feature enables you to use VLAN interfaces with different VLAN IDs at both ends of the tunnel.

                                  The Cisco 12000 series router requires you to configure VLAN ID rewrite manually, as described in the following sections.

                                  The following routers automatically perform VLAN ID rewrite on the disposition PE router. No configuration is required:

                                  • Cisco 7200 series routers.
                                  • Cisco 7500 series routers.
                                  • Cisco 10720 series routers.
                                  • Routers supported on Cisco IOS Release 12.4(11)T. (Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS and Catalyst OS software image support.)

                                  The following sections explain how to configure the VLAN ID rewrite feature:

                                  Configuring Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite for Cisco 12k Routers for 12.0(29)S and Earlier Releases

                                  Use the following guidelines for the VLAN ID rewrite feature for the Cisco 12000 series routers in Cisco IOS releases earlier than 12.0(29)S:

                                  • The IP Service Engine (ISE) 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card performs the VLAN ID rewrite on the disposition side at the edge-facing line card.
                                  • The engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card performs the VLAN ID rewrite on the imposition side at the edge-facing line card.

                                  The VLAN ID rewrite functionality requires that both ends of the Ethernet over MPLS connections be provisioned with the same line cards. Make sure that both edge-facing ends of the virtual circuit use either the engine 2 or ISE Ethernet line card. The following example shows the system flow with the VLAN ID rewrite feature:

                                  • The ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card:

                                  Traffic flows from VLAN1 on CE1 to VLAN2 on CE2. As the frame reaches the edge-facing line card of the disposition router PE2, the VLAN ID in the dot1Q header changes to the VLAN ID assigned to VLAN2.

                                  • The engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card:

                                  Traffic flows from VLAN1 on CE1 to VLAN2 on CE2. As the frame reaches the edge-facing line card of the imposition router PE1, the VLAN ID in the dot1Q header changes to the VLAN ID assigned to VLAN2.

                                  For the Cisco 12000 series router engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card, you must issue the remote circuit id command as part of the Ethernet over MPLS VLAN ID rewrite configuration.

                                  Configuring Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite for Cisco 12k Routers for 12.0(30)S and Later Releases

                                  In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S, the following changes to VLAN ID rewrite were implemented:

                                  • The ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card can perform VLAN ID rewrite at both the imposition and disposition sides of the edge-facing router.
                                  • The remote circuit id command is not required as part of the Ethernet over MPLS VLAN ID rewrite configuration, as long as both PE routers are running Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S. The VLAN ID rewrite feature is implemented automatically when you configure Ethernet over MPLS.
                                  • The VLAN ID rewrite feature in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S can interoperate with routers that are running earlier releases. If you have a PE router at one end of the circuit that is using an earlier Cisco IOS release and the remote circuit idcommand, the other PE can run Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S and still perform VLAN ID rewrite.
                                  • You can mix the line cards on the PE routers, as shown in the following table
                                  Table 6 Supported Line Cards for VLAN ID Rewrite Feature:

                                  If PE1 Has These Line Cards

                                  Then PE2 Can Use These Line Cards

                                  Engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card or ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card

                                  Engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card or ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card

                                  ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card

                                  Any Cisco 12000 series router line card

                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                    1.    enable

                                    2.    configure terminal

                                    3.    interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface

                                    4.    encapsulation dot1q vlan-id

                                    5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                    6.    remote circuit id remote-vlan-id

                                    7.    exit

                                    8.    exit

                                    9.    exit

                                    10.    show controllers eompls forwarding-table


                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                     Command or ActionPurpose
                                    Step 1 enable


                                    Example:
                                    Router> enable
                                     

                                    Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                    • Enter your password if prompted.
                                     
                                    Step 2 configure terminal


                                    Example:
                                    Router# configure terminal
                                     

                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                     
                                    Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface


                                    Example:
                                    Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0.1
                                     

                                    Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet subinterface and enters subinterface configuration mode.

                                    • Make sure the subinterfaces between the CE and PE routers that are running Ethernet over MPLS are in the same subnet. All other subinterfaces and backbone routers do not need to be in the same subnet.
                                     
                                    Step 4 encapsulation dot1q vlan-id


                                    Example:
                                    Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 100
                                     

                                    Enables the subinterface to accept 802.1Q VLAN packets.

                                    • Make sure the subinterface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.
                                     
                                    Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                    Example:
                                    Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                     

                                    Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC and enters xconnect configuration mode.

                                    • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                     
                                    Step 6 remote circuit id remote-vlan-id


                                    Example:
                                    Router(config-subif-xconn)# remote circuit id 101
                                     

                                    Enables you to use VLAN interfaces with different VLAN IDs at both ends of the tunnel.

                                    • This command is required only for the Cisco 12000 series router engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card.
                                     
                                    Step 7 exit


                                    Example:
                                    Router(config-subif-xconn)# exit
                                     

                                    Exits xconnect configuration mode.

                                     
                                    Step 8 exit


                                    Example:
                                    Router(config-subif)# exit
                                     

                                    Exits subinterface configuration mode.

                                     
                                    Step 9 exit


                                    Example:
                                    Router(config)# exit
                                     

                                    Exits global configuration mode.

                                     
                                    Step 10 show controllers eompls forwarding-table


                                    Example:
                                    Router# execute slot 0 show controllers eompls forwarding-table
                                     

                                    Displays information about VLAN ID rewrite.

                                     

                                    Examples

                                    The command output of the show controllers eompls forwarding-tablecommand in the following example shows VLAN ID rewrite configured on the Cisco 12000 series routers with an engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card. In the following example, the bolded command output show the VLAN ID rewrite information.

                                    Router# execute slot 0 show controllers eompls forwarding-table 0 2
                                    Port # 0, VLAN-ID # 2, Table-index 2
                                    EoMPLS configured: 1
                                    tag_rew_ptr             = D001BB58
                                    Leaf entry?     = 1
                                    FCR index       = 20
                                               **tagrew_psa_addr    = 0006ED60
                                               **tagrew_vir_addr    = 7006ED60
                                               **tagrew_phy_addr    = F006ED60
                                            [0-7] loq 8800 mtu 4458  oq 4000 ai 3 oi 04019110 (encaps size 4)
                                            cw-size 4 vlanid-rew 3
                                            gather A30 (bufhdr size 32 EoMPLS (Control Word) Imposition profile 81)
                                            2 tag: 18 18
                                            counters 1182, 10 reported 1182, 10.
                                        Local OutputQ (Unicast):    Slot:2  Port:0  RED queue:0  COS queue:0
                                        Output Q (Unicast):         Port:0          RED queue:0  COS queue:0
                                    Router# execute slot 0 show controllers eompls forwarding-table 0 3
                                     
                                    Port # 0, VLAN-ID # 3, Table-index 3
                                    EoMPLS configured: 1
                                    tag_rew_ptr             = D0027B90
                                    Leaf entry?     = 1
                                    FCR index       = 20
                                               **tagrew_psa_addr    = 0009EE40
                                               **tagrew_vir_addr    = 7009EE40
                                               **tagrew_phy_addr    = F009EE40
                                            [0-7] loq 9400 mtu 4458  oq 4000 ai 8 oi 84000002 (encaps size 4)
                                            cw-size 4 vlanid-rew 2
                                            gather A30 (bufhdr size 32 EoMPLS (Control Word) Imposition profile 81)
                                            2 tag: 17 18
                                            counters 1182, 10 reported 1182, 10.
                                        Local OutputQ (Unicast):    Slot:5  Port:0  RED queue:0  COS queue:0
                                        Output Q (Unicast):         Port:0          RED queue:0  COS queue:0

                                    Configuring per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS

                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                      1.    enable

                                      2.    configure terminal

                                      3.    interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]

                                      4.    mtu mtu-value

                                      5.    interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]

                                      6.    encapsulation dot1q vlan-id

                                      7.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                      8.    mtu mtu-value

                                      9.    end

                                      10.    show mpls l2transport binding


                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                       Command or ActionPurpose
                                      Step 1 enable


                                      Example:
                                      Router> enable
                                       

                                      Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                      • Enter your password if prompted.
                                       
                                      Step 2 configure terminal


                                      Example:
                                      Router# configure terminal
                                       

                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                       
                                      Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]


                                      Example:
                                      Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0/0
                                       

                                      Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                       
                                      Step 4 mtu mtu-value


                                      Example:
                                      Router(config-if)# mtu 2000
                                       

                                      Specifies the MTU value for the interface. The MTU value specified at the interface level can be inherited by a subinterface.

                                       
                                      Step 5 interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]


                                      Example:
                                      Router(config-if)# interface gigabitethernet4/0/0.1
                                       

                                      Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet subinterface and enters subinterface configuration mode.

                                      Make sure the subinterface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.

                                       
                                      Step 6 encapsulation dot1q vlan-id


                                      Example:
                                      Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 100
                                       

                                      Enables the subinterface to accept 802.1Q VLAN packets.

                                      The subinterfaces between the CE and PE routers that are running Ethernet over MPLS must be in the same subnet. All other subinterfaces and backbone routers need not be.

                                       
                                      Step 7 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                      Example:
                                      Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                       

                                      Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                      The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports. Enters xconnect subinterface configuration mode.

                                       
                                      Step 8 mtu mtu-value


                                      Example:
                                      Router(config-if-xconn)# mtu 1400
                                       

                                      Specifies the MTU for the VC.

                                       
                                      Step 9 end


                                      Example:
                                      Router(config-if-xconn)# end
                                       

                                      Exits to privileged EXEC mode.

                                       
                                      Step 10 show mpls l2transport binding


                                      Example:
                                      Router# show mpls l2transport binding
                                       

                                      Displays the MTU values assigned to the local and remote interfaces.

                                       

                                      Configuring Frame Relay over MPLS with DLCI-to-DLCI Connections

                                      Frame Relay over MPLS encapsulates Frame Relay PDUs in MPLS packets and forwards them across the MPLS network. For Frame Relay, you can set up data-link connection identifier (DLCI)-to-DLCI connections or port-to-port connections. With DLCI-to-DLCI connections, the PE routers manipulate the packet by removing headers, adding labels, and copying control word elements from the header to the PDU.

                                      Perform this task to configure Frame Relay over MPLS with DLCI-to-DLCI connections.

                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                        1.    enable

                                        2.    configure terminal

                                        3.    frame-relay switching

                                        4.    interface serial slot /port

                                        5.    encapsulation frame-relay [cisco | ietf]

                                        6.    frame-relay intf-type dce

                                        7.    exit

                                        8.    connect connection-name interface dlci l2transport

                                        9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                        10.    end


                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                         Command or ActionPurpose
                                        Step 1 enable


                                        Example:
                                        Router> enable
                                         

                                        Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                        • Enter your password if prompted.
                                         
                                        Step 2 configure terminal


                                        Example:
                                        Router# configure terminal
                                         

                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                         
                                        Step 3 frame-relay switching


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config)# frame-relay switching
                                         

                                        Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay device.

                                         
                                        Step 4 interface serial slot /port


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config)# interface serial3/1
                                         

                                        Specifies a serial interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                         
                                        Step 5 encapsulation frame-relay [cisco | ietf]


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay ietf 
                                         

                                        Specifies Frame Relay encapsulation for the interface.

                                        • You can specify different types of encapsulations. You can set one interface to Cisco encapsulation and the other interface to IETF encapsulation.
                                         
                                        Step 6 frame-relay intf-type dce


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config-if)# frame-relay intf-type dce
                                         

                                        Specifies that the interface is a DCE switch.

                                        • You can also specify the interface to support Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) and DTE connections.
                                         
                                        Step 7 exit


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config-if)# exit
                                         

                                        Exits from interface configuration mode.

                                         
                                        Step 8 connect connection-name interface dlci l2transport


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config)# connect fr1 serial5/0 1000 l2transport
                                         

                                        Defines connections between Frame Relay PVCs and enters connect configuration mode.

                                        • Using the l2transport keyword specifies that the PVC will not be a locally switched PVC, but will be tunneled over the backbone network.
                                        • The connection-name argument is a text string that you provide.
                                        • The interface argument is the interface on which a PVC connection will be defined.
                                        • The dlciargument is the DLCI number of the PVC that will be connected.
                                         
                                        Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config-fr-pw-switching)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                         

                                        Creates the VC to transport the Layer 2 packets.

                                        • In a DLCI-to DLCI connection type, Frame Relay over MPLS uses the xconnect command in connect configuration mode.
                                         
                                        Step 10 end


                                        Example:
                                        Router(config-fr-pw-switching)# end
                                         

                                        Exits connect configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                         

                                        Configuring Frame Relay over MPLS with Port-to-Port Connections

                                        Frame Relay over MPLS encapsulates Frame Relay PDUs in MPLS packets and forwards them across the MPLS network. For Frame Relay, you can set up DLCI-to-DLCI connections or port-to-port connections. With port-to-port connections, you use HDLC mode to transport the Frame Relay encapsulated packets. In HDLC mode, the whole HDLC packet is transported. Only the HDLC flags and FCS bits are removed. The contents of the packet are not used or changed, including the backward explicit congestion notification (BECN), forward explicit congestion notification (FECN) and discard eligibility (DE) bits.

                                        Perform this task to set up Frame Relay port-to-port connections.

                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                          1.    enable

                                          2.    configure terminal

                                          3.    interface serial slot /port

                                          4.    encapsulation hdlc

                                          5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                          6.    end


                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                           Command or ActionPurpose
                                          Step 1 enable


                                          Example:
                                          Router> enable
                                           

                                          Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                          • Enter your password if prompted.
                                           
                                          Step 2 configure terminal


                                          Example:
                                          Router# configure terminal
                                           

                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                           
                                          Step 3 interface serial slot /port


                                          Example:
                                          Router(config)# interface serial5/0
                                           

                                          Specifies a serial interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                           
                                          Step 4 encapsulation hdlc


                                          Example:
                                          Router(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc 
                                           

                                          Specifies that Frame Relay PDUs will be encapsulated in HDLC packets.

                                           
                                          Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                          Example:
                                          Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                           

                                          Creates the VC to transport the Layer 2 packets.

                                           
                                          Step 6 end


                                          Example:
                                          Router(config-if)# end
                                           

                                          Exits interface configuration mode and enters privileged EXEC mode.

                                           

                                          Configuring HDLC and PPP over MPLS

                                          With HDLC over MPLS, the whole HDLC packet is transported. The ingress PE router removes only the HDLC flags and FCS bits. The contents of the packet are not used or changed.

                                          With PPP over MPLS, the ingress PE router removes the flags, address, control field, and the FCS.


                                          Note


                                          The following restrictions pertain to the HDLC over MPLS feature:

                                          • Asynchronous interfaces are not supported.
                                          • You must configure HDLC over MPLS on router interfaces only. You cannot configure HDLC over MPLS on subinterfaces.

                                          The following restrictions pertain to the PPP over MPLS feature:

                                          • Zero hops on one router is not supported. However, you can have back-to-back PE routers.
                                          • Asynchronous interfaces are not supported. The connections between the CE and PE routers on both ends of the backbone must have similar link layer characteristics. The connections between the CE and PE routers must both be synchronous.
                                          • Multilink PPP (MLP) is not supported.
                                          • You must configure PPP on router interfaces only. You cannot configure PPP on subinterfaces.
                                          >
                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                            1.    enable

                                            2.    configure terminal

                                            3.    interface serial slot /port

                                            4.    Do one of the following:

                                            • encapsulation ppp
                                            • encapsulation hdlc

                                            5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                            6.    end


                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                             Command or ActionPurpose
                                            Step 1 enable


                                            Example:
                                            Router> enable
                                             

                                            Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                            • Enter your password if prompted.
                                             
                                            Step 2 configure terminal


                                            Example:
                                            Router# configure terminal
                                             

                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                             
                                            Step 3 interface serial slot /port


                                            Example:
                                            Router(config)# interface serial5/0
                                             

                                            Specifies a serial interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                            • You must configure HDLC and PPP over MPLS on router interfaces only. You cannot configure HDLC over MPLS on subinterfaces.
                                             
                                            Step 4Do one of the following:
                                            • encapsulation ppp
                                            • encapsulation hdlc


                                            Example:
                                            Router(config-if)# encapsulation ppp 


                                            Example:
                                            or 


                                            Example:
                                                        
                                            
                                                      


                                            Example:
                                            Router(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc 
                                             

                                            Specifies HDLC or PPP encapsulation and enters connect configuration mode.

                                             
                                            Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                            Example:
                                            Router(config-fr-pw-switching)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                             

                                            Creates the VC to transport the Layer 2 packets.

                                             
                                            Step 6 end
                                             

                                            Exits connect configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                             

                                            Configuring Tunnel Selection

                                            The tunnel selection feature allows you to specify the path that traffic uses. You can specify either an MPLS TE tunnel or destination IP address or domain name server (DNS) name.

                                            You also have the option of specifying whether the VCs should use the default path (the path LDP uses for signaling) if the preferred path is unreachable. This option is enabled by default; you must explicitly disable it.

                                            You configure tunnel selection when you set up the pseudowire class. You enable tunnel selection with the preferred-path command. Then, you apply the pseudowire class to an interface that has been configured to transport AToM packets.

                                            The following guidelines provide more information about configuring tunnel selection:

                                            • The preferred-path command is available only if the pseudowire encapsulation type is MPLS.
                                            • This tunnel selection feature is enabled when you exit from pseudowire mode.
                                            • The selected path should be an LSP destined to the peer PE router.
                                            • The selected tunnel must be an MPLS TE tunnel.
                                            • If you select a tunnel, the tunnel tailend must be on the remote PE router.
                                            • If you specify an IP address, that address must be the IP address of the loopback interface on the remote PE router. The address must have a /32 mask. There must be an LSP destined to that selected address. The LSP need not be a TE tunnel.
                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                              1.    enable

                                              2.    configure terminal

                                              3.    pseudowire-class name

                                              4.    encapsulation mpls

                                              5.    preferred-path {interface tunnel tunnel-number | peer {ip-address | host-name}} [disable-fallback]

                                              6.    exit

                                              7.    interface slot /port

                                              8.    encapsulation encapsulation-type

                                              9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid pw-class name

                                              10.    end


                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                               Command or ActionPurpose
                                              Step 1 enable


                                              Example:
                                              Router> enable
                                               

                                              Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                              • Enter your password if prompted.
                                               
                                              Step 2 configure terminal


                                              Example:
                                              Router# configure terminal
                                               

                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                               
                                              Step 3 pseudowire-class name


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config)# pseudowire-class ts1
                                               

                                              Establishes a pseudowire class with a name that you specify and enters pseudowire configuration mode.

                                               
                                              Step 4 encapsulation mpls


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config-pw-class)# encapsulation mpls 
                                               

                                              Specifies the tunneling encapsulation.

                                              • For AToM, the encapsulation type is mpls.
                                               
                                              Step 5 preferred-path {interface tunnel tunnel-number | peer {ip-address | host-name}} [disable-fallback]


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config-pw-class)# preferred path peer 10.18.18.18
                                               

                                              Specifies the MPLS traffic engineering tunnel or IP address or hostname to be used as the preferred path.

                                               
                                              Step 6 exit


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config-pw-class)# exit
                                               

                                              Exits from pseudowire configuration mode.

                                               
                                              Step 7 interface slot /port


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config)# interface atm1/1
                                               

                                              Specifies an interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                               
                                              Step 8 encapsulation encapsulation-type


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config-if)# encapsulation aal5
                                               

                                              Specifies the encapsulation for the interface.

                                               
                                              Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid pw-class name


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class ts1
                                               

                                              Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                               
                                              Step 10 end


                                              Example:
                                              Router(config-if)# end
                                               

                                              Exits interface configuration mode and returns to Privileged EXEC mode.

                                               

                                              Examples

                                              In the following example, the show mpls l2transport vc command shows the following information about the VCs:

                                              • VC 101 has been assigned a preferred path called Tunnel1. The default path is disabled, because the preferred path specified that the default path should not be used if the preferred path fails.
                                              • VC 150 has been assigned an IP address of a loopback address on PE2. The default path can be used if the preferred path fails.

                                              In the following example, command output that is bolded shows the preferred path information.

                                              Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                              Local interface: Gi0/0/0.1 up, line protocol up, Eth VLAN 222 up
                                                Destination address: 10.16.16.16, VC ID: 101, VC status: up
                                                  Preferred path: Tunnel1,  active
                                                  Default path: disabled
                                                  Tunnel label: 3, next hop point2point
                                                  Output interface: Tu1, imposed label stack {17 16}
                                                Create time: 00:27:31, last status change time: 00:27:31
                                                Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.16.16.16:0 up
                                                  MPLS VC labels: local 25, remote 16
                                                  Group ID: local 0, remote 6
                                                  MTU: local 1500, remote 1500
                                                  Remote interface description:
                                                Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                VC statistics:
                                                  packet totals: receive 10, send 10
                                                  byte totals:   receive 1260, send 1300
                                                  packet drops:  receive 0, send 0
                                              Local interface: AT1/0/0 up, line protocol up, ATM AAL5 0/50 up
                                                Destination address: 10.16.16.16, VC ID: 150, VC status: up
                                                  Preferred path: 10.18.18.18, active
                                                  Default path: ready
                                                  Tunnel label: 3, next hop point2point
                                                  Output interface: Tu2, imposed label stack {18 24}
                                                Create time: 00:15:08, last status change time: 00:07:37
                                                Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.16.16.16:0 up
                                                  MPLS VC labels: local 26, remote 24
                                                  Group ID: local 2, remote 0
                                                  MTU: local 4470, remote 4470
                                                  Remote interface description:
                                                Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                VC statistics:
                                                  packet totals: receive 0, send 0
                                                  byte totals:   receive 0, send 0
                                                  packet drops:  receive 0, send 0

                                              Troubleshooting Tips

                                              You can use the debug mpls l2transport vc eventcommand to troubleshoot tunnel selection. For example, if the tunnel interface that is used for the preferred path is shut down, the default path is enabled. The debug mpls l2transport vc eventcommand provides the following output:

                                              AToM SMGR [10.2.2.2, 101]: Processing imposition update, vc_handle 62091860, update_action 3, remote_vc_label 16 
                                              AToM SMGR [10.2.2.2, 101]: selected route no parent rewrite: tunnel not up 
                                              AToM SMGR [10.2.2.2, 101]: Imposition Programmed, Output Interface: Et3/2 

                                              Setting Experimental Bits with AToM

                                              MPLS AToM uses the three experimental bits in a label to determine the queue of packets. You statically set the experimental bits in both the VC label and the LSP tunnel label, because the LSP tunnel label might be removed at the penultimate router. The following sections explain the transport-specific implementations of the EXP bits.


                                              Note


                                              For information about setting EXP bits on the Cisco 12000 series router for Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S, see the AToM: L2 QoS feature module.



                                              Note


                                              The following restrictions apply to ATM AAL5 over MPLS with EXP bits:

                                              • ATM AAL5 over MPLS allows you to statically set the experimental bits.
                                              • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the header’s “tag control information” field are set to zero.
                                              • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                              The following restrictions apply to ATM Cell Relay over MPLS with EXP bits:

                                              • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS allows you to statically set the experimental bits in VC, PVP, and port modes.
                                              • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the header’s “tag control information” field are set to zero.
                                              • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                              The following restrictions apply to Ethernet over MPLS with EXP bits:

                                              On the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                              • Ethernet over MPLS allows you to set the EXP bits by using either of the following methods:
                                                • Writing the priority bits into the experimental bit field, which is the default.
                                                • Using the match anycommand with the set mpls exp command.
                                              • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the 802.1Q header’s “tag control information” field are written into the experimental bit fields.
                                              • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                              On the Cisco 10720 Internet Router

                                              The table below lists the commands that are supported on the Cisco 10720 Internet router for Ethernet over MPLS. The letter Y means that the command is supported on that interface. A dash (--) means that command is not supported on that interface.


                                              Note


                                              The match coscommand is supported only on subinterfaces, not main interfaces.



                                              Table 7 Commands Supported on the Cisco 10720 Router for Ethernet over MPLS

                                              Commands

                                              Imposition

                                              Disposition

                                              Traffic Matching Commands

                                              In

                                              Out

                                              In

                                              Out

                                              match any

                                              Y

                                              Y

                                              Y

                                              Y

                                              match cos

                                              Y

                                              --

                                              --

                                              --

                                              match input-interface

                                              --

                                              --

                                              Y

                                              Y

                                              match mpls exp

                                              --

                                              Y

                                              Y

                                              --

                                              match qos-group

                                              --

                                              Y

                                              --

                                              Y

                                              Traffic Action Commands

                                              In

                                              Out

                                              In

                                              Out

                                              set cos

                                              --

                                              --

                                              --

                                              Y

                                              set mpls exp

                                              Y

                                              --

                                              --

                                              --

                                              set qos-group

                                              Y

                                              --

                                              Y

                                              --

                                              set srp-priority

                                              --

                                              Y

                                              --

                                              --

                                              The following restrictions apply to Frame Relay over MPLS and EXP bits:

                                              • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the header's “tag control information” field are set to zero.
                                              • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                              The following restrictions apply to HDLC over MPLS and PPP over MPLS and EXP bits:

                                              • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, zeros are written into the experimental bit fields.
                                              • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, enable distributed Cisco Express Forwarding before setting the experimental bits.

                                              Set the experimental bits in both the VC label and the LSP tunnel label. You set the experimental bits in the VC label, because the LSP tunnel label might be removed at the penultimate router. Perform this task to set the experimental bits.

                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                1.    enable

                                                2.    configure terminal

                                                3.    class-map class-name

                                                4.    match any

                                                5.    exit

                                                6.    policy-map policy-name

                                                7.    class class-name

                                                8.    set mpls experimental value

                                                9.    exit

                                                10.    exit

                                                11.    interface slot /port

                                                12.    service-policy input policy-name

                                                13.    exit

                                                14.    exit

                                                15.    show policy-map interface interface-name [vc [vpi/] vci] [dlci dlci] [input | output]


                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                 Command or ActionPurpose
                                                Step 1 enable


                                                Example:
                                                Router> enable
                                                 

                                                Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                 
                                                Step 2 configure terminal


                                                Example:
                                                Router# configure terminal
                                                 

                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 3 class-map class-name


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config)# class-map class1 
                                                 

                                                Specifies the user-defined name of the traffic class and enters class map configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 4 match any


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-cmap)# match any
                                                 

                                                Specifies that all packets will be matched.

                                                • Use only the any keyword. Other keywords might cause unexpected results.
                                                 
                                                Step 5 exit


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-cmap)# exit
                                                 

                                                Exits class map configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 6 policy-map policy-name


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config)# policy-map policy1 
                                                 

                                                Specifies the name of the traffic policy to configure and enters policy-map configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 7 class class-name


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-pmap)# class class1
                                                 

                                                Specifies the name of the predefined traffic that was configured with the class-map command and was used to classify traffic to the traffic policy specified, and enters policy-map class configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 8 set mpls experimental value


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-pmap-c)# set mpls experimental 7
                                                 

                                                Designates the value to which the MPLS bits are set if the packets match the specified policy map.

                                                 
                                                Step 9 exit


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
                                                 

                                                Exits policy-map class configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 10 exit


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-pmap)# exit
                                                 

                                                Exits policy-map configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 11 interface slot /port


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config)# interface atm4/0 
                                                 

                                                Specifies the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 12 service-policy input policy-name


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-if)# service-policy input policy1 
                                                 

                                                Attaches a traffic policy to an interface.

                                                 
                                                Step 13 exit


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config-if)# exit
                                                 

                                                Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 14 exit


                                                Example:
                                                Router(config)# exit
                                                 

                                                Exits global configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 15 show policy-map interface interface-name [vc [vpi/] vci] [dlci dlci] [input | output]


                                                Example:
                                                Router# show policy-map interface serial3/0 
                                                 

                                                Displays the traffic policy attached to an interface.

                                                 

                                                Setting the Frame Relay Discard Eligibility Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                You can use the DE bit in the address field of a Frame Relay frame to prioritize frames in congested Frame Relay networks. The Frame Relay DE bit has only one bit and can therefore only have two settings, 0 or 1. If congestion occurs in a Frame Relay network, frames with the DE bit set to 1 are discarded before frames with the DE bit set to 0. Therefore, important traffic should have the DE bit set to 0, and less important traffic should be forwarded with the DE bit set at 1. The default DE bit setting is 0. You can change the DE bit setting to 1 with the set fr-de command.


                                                Note


                                                The set fr-de command can be used only in an output service policy.


                                                Perform this task to set the Frame Relay DE bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                  1.    enable

                                                  2.    configure terminal

                                                  3.    policy-map policy-name

                                                  4.    class class-name

                                                  5.    set fr-de

                                                  6.    end


                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                   Command or ActionPurpose
                                                  Step 1 enable


                                                  Example:
                                                  Router> enable
                                                   

                                                  Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                  • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                   
                                                  Step 2 configure terminal


                                                  Example:
                                                  Router# configure terminal
                                                   

                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                   
                                                  Step 3 policy-map policy-name


                                                  Example:
                                                  Router(config)# policy-map policy1
                                                   

                                                  Specifies the name of the traffic policy to configure and enters policy-map configuration mode.

                                                  • Names can be a maximum of 40 alphanumeric characters.
                                                   
                                                  Step 4 class class-name


                                                  Example:
                                                  Router(config-pmap)# class class1 
                                                   

                                                  Specifies the name of a predefined traffic class and enters policy-map class configuration mode.

                                                   
                                                  Step 5 set fr-de


                                                  Example:
                                                  Router(config-pmap-c)# set fr-de
                                                   

                                                  Sets the Frame Relay DE bit setting for all packets that match the specified traffic class from 0 to 1.

                                                   
                                                  Step 6 end


                                                  Example:
                                                  Router(config-pmap-c)# end
                                                   

                                                  Exits policy-map class configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                   

                                                  Matching the Frame Relay DE Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                  You can use the match fr-decommand to enable frames with a DE bit setting of 1 to be considered a member of a defined class and forwarded according to the specifications set in the service policy.

                                                  Perform this task to match frames with the FR DE bit set to 1.

                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                    1.    enable

                                                    2.    configure terminal

                                                    3.    class-map class-map-name

                                                    4.    match fr-de

                                                    5.    end


                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                     Command or ActionPurpose
                                                    Step 1 enable


                                                    Example:
                                                    Router> enable
                                                     

                                                    Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                    • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                     
                                                    Step 2 configure terminal


                                                    Example:
                                                    Router# configure terminal
                                                     

                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                     
                                                    Step 3 class-map class-map-name


                                                    Example:
                                                    Router(config)# class-map de-bits
                                                     

                                                    Specifies the name of a predefined traffic class and enters class-map configuration mode.

                                                     
                                                    Step 4 match fr-de


                                                    Example:
                                                    Router(config-cmap)# match fr-de
                                                     

                                                    Classifies all frames with the DE bit set to 1.

                                                     
                                                    Step 5 end


                                                    Example:
                                                    Router(config-cmap)# end
                                                     

                                                    Exits class-map configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                     

                                                    Enabling the Control Word

                                                    You can enable the control word for dynamic and static pseudowires under a pseudowire class. Use the control-word command to enable, disable, or set a control word to autosense mode. If you do not enable a control word, autosense is the default mode for the control word.

                                                    Perform this task to enable a control word.

                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                      1.    enable

                                                      2.    configure terminal

                                                      3.    pseudowire-class cw_enable

                                                      4.    encapsulation mpls

                                                      5.    control-word

                                                      6.    exit

                                                      7.    exit


                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                       Command or ActionPurpose
                                                      Step 1 enable


                                                      Example:
                                                      Router> enable
                                                       

                                                      Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                      • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                       
                                                      Step 2 configure terminal


                                                      Example:
                                                      Router# configure terminal
                                                       

                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                       
                                                      Step 3 pseudowire-class cw_enable


                                                      Example:
                                                      Router(config)# pseudowire-class cw_enable
                                                       

                                                      Enters pseudowire class configuration mode.

                                                       
                                                      Step 4 encapsulation mpls


                                                      Example:
                                                      Router(config-pw-class)# encapsulation mpls 
                                                       

                                                      Specifies the tunneling encapsulation.

                                                      • For AToM, the encapsulation type is mpls.
                                                       
                                                      Step 5 control-word


                                                      Example:
                                                      Router(config-pw-class)# control-word 
                                                       

                                                      Enables the control word.

                                                       
                                                      Step 6 exit


                                                      Example:
                                                      Router(config-pw-class)# exit 
                                                       

                                                      Exits pseudowire class configuration mode and returns to global configuration mode.

                                                       
                                                      Step 7 exit


                                                      Example:
                                                      Router(config)# exit
                                                       

                                                      Exits global configuration mode.

                                                       

                                                      Configuration Examples for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      Example ATM AAL5 over MPLS

                                                      ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

                                                      The following example shows how to enable ATM AAL5 over MPLS on an ATM PVC:

                                                      enable
                                                       configure terminal
                                                       interface atm1/
                                                      0
                                                       pvc 1/
                                                      200 l2transport
                                                       encapsulation aal5
                                                       xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                      ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                      The following example shows how to configure ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm aal5class
                                                      encapsulation aal5
                                                      interface atm1/
                                                      0
                                                      class-int aal5class
                                                      pvc 1/
                                                      200 l2transport
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to configure ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm aal5class
                                                      encapsulation aal5
                                                      interface atm1/
                                                      0
                                                      pvc 1/
                                                      200 l2transport
                                                      class-vc aal5class
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                      Example OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS

                                                      OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

                                                      The following example shows how to enable OAM cell emulation on an ATM PVC:

                                                      interface ATM 1/0/0
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      encapsulation aal5
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls 
                                                      oam-ac emulation-enable
                                                      oam-pvc manage
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to set the rate at which an AIS cell is sent every 30 seconds:

                                                      interface ATM 1/0/0
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      encapsulation aal5
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls 
                                                      oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                      oam-pvc manage

                                                      OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                      The following example shows how to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm oamclass
                                                      encapsulation aal5
                                                      oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                      oam-pvc manage
                                                      interface atm1/0
                                                      class-int oamclass
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm oamclass
                                                      encapsulation aal5
                                                      oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                      oam-pvc manage
                                                      interface atm1/0
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      class-vc oamclass
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface. One PVC is configured with OAM cell emulation at an AIS rate of 10. That PVC uses the AIS rate of 10 instead of 30.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm oamclass
                                                      encapsulation aal5
                                                      oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                      oam-pvc manage
                                                      interface atm1/0
                                                      class-int oamclass
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      oam-ac emulation-enable 10
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                      Example ATM Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                      ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                      The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm cellrelay
                                                      encapsulation aal0
                                                      interface atm1/0
                                                      class-int cellrelay
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm cellrelay
                                                      encapsulation aal0
                                                      interface atm1/0
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      class-vc cellrelay

                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                      ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in PVP Mode

                                                      The following example shows how to transport single ATM cells over a virtual path:

                                                      pseudowire-class vp-cell-relay
                                                      encapsulation mpls
                                                      interface atm 5/0 
                                                      atm pvp 1 l2transport 
                                                      xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class vp-cell-relay

                                                      ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                      The following example shows how to configure interface ATM 5/0 to transport ATM cell relay packets:

                                                      pseudowire-class atm-cell-relay
                                                      encapsulation mpls
                                                      interface atm 5/0 
                                                      xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class atm-cell-relay
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to configure interface ATM 9/0/0 to transport ATM cell relay packets on a Cisco 7600 series router, where you must specify the interface ATM slot, bay, and port:

                                                      pseudowire-class atm-cell-relay
                                                      encapsulation mpls
                                                      interface atm 9/0/0 
                                                      xconnect 10.0.0.1 500 pw-class atm-cell-relay

                                                      Example ATM Single Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                      ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode

                                                      The following example shows that ATM PVC 1/100 is an AToM cell relay PVC. There are three timers set up, with values of 1000 milliseconds, 800 milliseconds, and 500 milliseconds, respectively. The cell-packing command specifies that five ATM cells are to be packed into an MPLS packet. The cell-packing command also specifies that timer 1 is to be used.

                                                      interface atm 1/0
                                                      shutdown
                                                      atm mcpt-timer 1000 800 500
                                                      no shutdown
                                                      pvc 1/100 l2transport
                                                      encapsulation aal0
                                                      xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls

                                                      cell-packing 5 mcpt-timer 1

                                                      ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                      The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS with cell packing in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm cellpacking
                                                      encapsulation aal0
                                                      cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1
                                                      interface atm1/0
                                                      shutdown
                                                      atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250
                                                      no shutdown
                                                      class-int cellpacking 
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                      enable
                                                      configure terminal
                                                      vc-class atm cellpacking 
                                                      encapsulation aal0
                                                      cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1
                                                      interface atm1/0
                                                      shutdown
                                                      atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250
                                                      no shutdown
                                                      pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                      class-vc cellpacking 
                                                      xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                      ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VP Mode

                                                      The following example shows packed cell relay enabled on an interface configured for PVP mode. The cell-packing command specifies that 10 ATM cells are to be packed into an MPLS packet. The cell-packing command also specifies that timer 2 is to be used.

                                                      interface atm 1/0
                                                      shutdown
                                                      atm mcpt-timer 1000 800 500
                                                      no shutdown
                                                      atm pvp 100 l2transport
                                                      xconnect 10.0.0.1 234 encapsulation mpls
                                                      cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 2

                                                      ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                      The following example shows packed cell relay enabled on an interface set up for port mode. The cell-packing command specifies that 10 ATM cells are to be packed into an MPLS packet. The cell-packing command also specifies that timer 2 is to be used.

                                                      interface atm 5/0 
                                                      shutdown
                                                      atm mcpt-timer 1000 800 500
                                                      no shutdown
                                                      cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 2
                                                      xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls

                                                      Example Ethernet over MPLS

                                                      Ethernet over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                      The following example shows how to configure VC 123 in Ethernet port mode:

                                                      pseudowire-class ethernet-port
                                                      encapsulation mpls
                                                       
                                                      int gigabitethernet1/0 
                                                      xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class ethernet-port

                                                      Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite

                                                      The following example shows how to configure VLAN ID rewrite on peer PE routers with Cisco 12000 series router engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line cards.

                                                      PE1

                                                      PE2

                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0.2
                                                      encapsulation dot1Q 2
                                                      no ip directed-broadcast
                                                      no cdp enable
                                                      xconnect 10.5.5.5 2 encapsulation mpls
                                                      remote circuit id 3
                                                      interface GigabitEthernet3/0.2
                                                      encapsulation dot1Q 3
                                                      no ip directed-broadcast
                                                      no cdp enable
                                                      xconnect 10.3.3.3 2 encapsulation mpls
                                                      remote circuit id 2

                                                      Example Tunnel Selection

                                                      The following example shows how to set up two preferred paths for PE1. One preferred path specifies an MPLS traffic engineering tunnel. The other preferred path specifies an IP address of a loopback address on PE2. There is a static route configured on PE1 that uses a TE tunnel to reach the IP address on PE2.

                                                      PE1 Configuration

                                                      mpls label protocol ldp
                                                      mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                      tag-switching tdp router-id Loopback0
                                                      pseudowire-class pw1
                                                       encapsulation mpls
                                                       preferred-path interface Tunnel1 disable-fallback
                                                      !
                                                      pseudowire-class pw2
                                                       encapsulation mpls
                                                       preferred-path peer 10.18.18.18
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback0
                                                       ip address 10.2.2.2 255.255.255.255
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       no ip mroute-cache
                                                      !
                                                      interface Tunnel1
                                                       ip unnumbered Loopback0
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       tunnel destination 10.16.16.16
                                                       tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 7 7
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1500
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name path-tu1
                                                      !
                                                      interface Tunnel2
                                                       ip unnumbered Loopback0
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       tunnel destination 10.16.16.16
                                                       tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 7 7
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1500
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 dynamic
                                                      !
                                                      interface gigabitethernet0/0/0
                                                       no ip address
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       no negotiation auto
                                                      !
                                                      interface gigabitethernet0/0/0.1
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 222
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       xconnect 10.16.16.16 101 pw-class pw1
                                                      !
                                                      interface ATM1/0/0
                                                       no ip address
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                       no atm ilmi-keepalive
                                                       pvc 0/50 l2transport
                                                        encapsulation aal5
                                                        xconnect 10.16.16.16 150 pw-class pw2
                                                      !
                                                      interface Ethernet2/0/1
                                                       ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       tag-switching ip
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 15000 15000
                                                      !
                                                      router ospf 1
                                                       log-adjacency-changes
                                                       network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
                                                       network 10.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng area 0
                                                      !
                                                      ip route 10.18.18.18 255.255.255.255 Tunnel2
                                                      !
                                                      ip explicit-path name path-tu1 enable
                                                       next-address 10.0.0.1
                                                       index 3 next-address 10.0.0.1

                                                      PE2 Configuration

                                                      mpls label protocol ldp
                                                      mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                      mpls ldp router-id Loopback0
                                                      interface Loopback0
                                                       ip address 10.16.16.16 255.255.255.255
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       no ip mroute-cache
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback2
                                                       ip address 10.18.18.18 255.255.255.255
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                      !
                                                      interface Ethernet3/1
                                                       ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       mpls ip
                                                       no cdp enable
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 15000 15000
                                                      !
                                                      interface Ethernet3/3 
                                                       no ip address 
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast 
                                                       no cdp enable 
                                                      ! 
                                                      interface Ethernet3/3.1 
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 222 
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast 
                                                       no cdp enable 
                                                       mpls l2transport route 10.2.2.2 101 
                                                      ! 
                                                      interface ATM5/0
                                                       no ip address
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                       no atm ilmi-keepalive
                                                       pvc 0/50 l2transport
                                                        encapsulation aal5
                                                        xconnect 10.2.2.2 150 encapsulation mpls
                                                      !
                                                      router ospf 1
                                                       log-adjacency-changes
                                                       network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
                                                       network 10.16.16.16 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng area 0

                                                      Example Setting Frame Relay Discard Eligibility Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                      The following example shows how to configure the service policy called set-de and attach it to an interface. In this example, the class map called data evaluates all packets exiting the interface for an IP precedence value of 1. If the exiting packet has been marked with the IP precedence value of 1, the packet’s DE bit is set to 1.

                                                      class-map data 
                                                      match ip precedence 1 
                                                      policy-map set-de 
                                                      class data 
                                                      set fr-de 
                                                      interface Serial0/0/0 
                                                      encapsulation frame-relay 
                                                      interface Serial0/0/0.1 point-to-point 
                                                      ip address 192.168.249.194 255.255.255.252 
                                                      frame-relay interface-dlci 100 
                                                      service output set-de 

                                                      Example Matching Frame Relay DE Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                      The following example shows how to configure the service policy called match-de and attach it to an interface. In this example, the class map called data evaluates all packets entering the interface for a DE bit setting of 1. If the entering packet has been a DE bit value of 1, the packet’s EXP bit setting is set to 3.

                                                      class-map data 
                                                      match fr-de 
                                                      policy-map match-de
                                                      class data 
                                                      set mpls exp 3 
                                                      ip routing 
                                                      ip cef distributed 
                                                      mpls label protocol ldp 
                                                      interface Loopback0 
                                                       ip address 10.20.20.20 255.255.255.255 
                                                      interface Ethernet1/0/0 
                                                       ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0 
                                                       mpls ip 
                                                      interface Serial4/0/0 
                                                       encapsulation frame-relay 
                                                      service input match-de 
                                                      connect 100 Serial4/0/0 100 l2transport 

                                                      xconnect 10.10.10.10 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                      Example ATM over MPLS

                                                      The table below shows the configuration of ATM over MPLS on two PE routers.

                                                      Table 8 ATM over MPLS Configuration Example

                                                      PE1

                                                      PE2

                                                      mpls label protocol ldp
                                                       mpls ldp router-id Loopback0 force
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback0
                                                       ip address 10.16.12.12 255.255.255.255
                                                      ! 
                                                      interface ATM4/0
                                                       pvc 0/100 l2transport
                                                         encapsulation aal0
                                                         xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      ! 
                                                      interface ATM4/0.300 point-to-point
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                       pvc 0/300 l2transport
                                                         encapsulation aal0
                                                         xconnect 10.13.13.13 300 encapsulation mpls
                                                      mpls label protocol ldp
                                                       mpls ldp router-id Loopback0 force
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback0
                                                       ip address 10.13.13.13 255.255.255.255
                                                       
                                                      interface ATM4/0
                                                        pvc 0/100 l2transport
                                                          encapsulation aal0
                                                          xconnect 10.16.12.12 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      !
                                                      interface ATM4/0.300 point-to-point
                                                       no ip directed-broadcast
                                                       no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                       pvc 0/300 l2transport
                                                         encapsulation aal0
                                                         xconnect 10.16.12.12 300 encapsulation mpls

                                                      Example Ethernet over MPLS with MPLS Traffic Engineering Fast Reroute

                                                      The following configuration example and the figure below show the configuration of Ethernet over MPLS with fast reroute on AToM PE routers.

                                                      Routers PE1 and PE2 have the following characteristics:

                                                      • A TE tunnel called Tunnel41 is configured between PE1and PE2, using an explicit path through a link called L1. AToM VCs are configured to travel through the FRR-protected tunnel Tunnel41.
                                                      • The link L1 is protected by FRR, the backup tunnel is Tunnel1.
                                                      • PE2 is configured to forward the AToM traffic back to PE1 through the L2 link.
                                                      Figure 2. Fast Reroute Configuration

                                                      PE1 Configuration

                                                      mpls label protocol ldp
                                                      mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                      mpls ldp router-id Loopback1 force
                                                      !
                                                      pseudowire-class T41
                                                       encapsulation mpls
                                                       preferred-path interface Tunnel41 disable-fallback
                                                      !
                                                      pseudowire-class IP1
                                                       encapsulation mpls
                                                       preferred-path peer 10.4.0.1 disable-fallback
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback1
                                                       ip address 10.0.0.27 255.255.255.255
                                                      !
                                                      interface Tunnel1
                                                       ip unnumbered Loopback1
                                                       tunnel destination 10.0.0.1
                                                       tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 1 1
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 10000
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name FRR
                                                      !
                                                      interface Tunnel41
                                                       ip unnumbered Loopback1
                                                       tunnel destination 10.0.0.4
                                                       tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 1 1
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1000
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name name-1
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute
                                                      !
                                                      interface POS0/0
                                                       description pe1name POS8/0/0
                                                       ip address 10.1.0.2 255.255.255.252
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       mpls traffic-eng backup-path Tunnel1
                                                       crc 16
                                                       clock source internal
                                                       pos ais-shut
                                                       pos report lrdi
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                      !
                                                      interface POS0/3
                                                       description pe1name POS10/1/0
                                                       ip address 10.1.0.14 255.255.255.252
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       crc 16   
                                                       clock source internal
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                      !
                                                      interface gigabitethernet3/0.1
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 203
                                                       xconnect 10.0.0.4 2 pw-class IP1
                                                      !         
                                                      interface gigabitethernet3/0.2
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 204
                                                       xconnect 10.0.0.4 4 pw-class T41
                                                      !
                                                      router ospf 1
                                                       network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback1
                                                       mpls traffic-eng area 0
                                                      !
                                                      ip classless
                                                      ip route 10.4.0.1 255.255.255.255 Tunnel41
                                                      !
                                                      ip explicit-path name xxxx-1 enable
                                                       next-address 10.4.1.2
                                                       next-address 10.1.0.10

                                                      P Configuration

                                                      ip cef
                                                      mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback1
                                                       ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.255
                                                      !
                                                      interface FastEthernet1/0/0
                                                       ip address 10.4.1.2 255.255.255.0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 10000 10000
                                                      !
                                                      interface POS8/0/0
                                                       description xxxx POS0/0
                                                       ip address 10.1.0.1 255.255.255.252
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       pos ais-shut
                                                       pos report lrdi
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                      !
                                                      interface POS10/1/0
                                                       description xxxx POS0/3
                                                       ip address 10.1.0.13 255.255.255.252
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                      !
                                                      router ospf 1
                                                       network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback1
                                                       mpls traffic-eng area 0

                                                      PE2 Configuration

                                                      ip cef
                                                      mpls label protocol ldp
                                                      mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                      mpls ldp router-id Loopback1 force
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback1
                                                       ip address 10.0.0.4 255.255.255.255
                                                      !
                                                      interface loopback 2
                                                      ip address 10.4.0.1 255.255.255.255
                                                      !
                                                      interface Tunnel27
                                                       ip unnumbered Loopback1
                                                       tunnel destination 10.0.0.27
                                                       tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng autoroute announce
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 1 1
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1000
                                                       tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name xxxx-1
                                                      !
                                                      interface FastEthernet0/0.2
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 203
                                                       xconnect 10.0.0.27 2 encapsulation mpls
                                                      !
                                                      interface FastEthernet0/0.3
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 204
                                                       xconnect 10.0.0.27 4 encapsulation mpls 
                                                      !
                                                      interface FastEthernet1/1
                                                       ip address 10.4.1.1 255.255.255.0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                       ip rsvp bandwidth 10000 10000
                                                      !
                                                      router ospf 1
                                                       network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
                                                       mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback1
                                                       mpls traffic-eng area 0
                                                      !
                                                      ip explicit-path name xxxx-1 enable
                                                       next-address 10.4.1.2
                                                       next-address 10.1.0.10

                                                      Example Configuring per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS

                                                      The figure below shows a configuration that enables matching MTU values between VC endpoints.

                                                      As shown in the figure below, PE1 is configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode with an MTU value of 1500 bytes in order to establish an end-to-end VC with PE2, which also has an MTU value of 1500 bytes. If PE1 was not set with an MTU value of 1500 bytes, in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, the subinterface would inherit the MTU value of 2000 bytes set on the interface. This would cause a mismatch in MTU values between the VC endpoints, and the VC would not come up.

                                                      Figure 3. Configuring MTU Values in xconnect Subinterface Configuration Mode

                                                      The following examples show the router configurations in the figure above:

                                                      CE1 Configuration

                                                      interface gigabitethernet0/0
                                                       mtu 1500
                                                       no ip address
                                                      !
                                                      interface gigabitethernet0/0.1
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                       ip address 10.181.182.1 255.255.255.0

                                                      PE1 Configuration

                                                      interface gigabitethernet0/0
                                                       mtu 2000
                                                       no ip address
                                                      !
                                                      interface gigabitethernet0/0.1
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                       xconnect 10.1.1.152 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                        mtu 1500
                                                      !
                                                      interface gigabitethernet0/0.2
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 200
                                                       ip address 10.151.100.1 255.255.255.0
                                                       mpls ip

                                                      PE2 Configuration

                                                      interface gigabitethernet1/0
                                                       mtu 2000
                                                       no ip address
                                                      !
                                                      interface gigabitethernet1/0.2
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 200
                                                       ip address 10.100.152.2 255.255.255.0
                                                       mpls ip
                                                      !
                                                      interface fastethernet0/0
                                                       no ip address
                                                      !
                                                      interface fastethernet0/0.1
                                                       description default MTU of 1500 for FastEthernet
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                       xconnect 10.1.1.151 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                      CE2 Configuration

                                                      interface fastethernet0/0
                                                       no ip address
                                                      interface fastethernet0/0.1
                                                       encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                       ip address 10.181.182.2 255.255.255.0
                                                      

                                                      The show mpls l2transport bindingcommand, issued from router PE1, shows a matching MTU value of 1500 bytes on both the local and remote routers:

                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport binding 
                                                      Destination Address: 10.1.1.152,  VC ID: 100
                                                          Local Label: 100
                                                              Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                              MTU: 1500,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                              VCCV: CC Type: CW [1], RA [2]
                                                                    CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                          Remote Label: 202
                                                              Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                              MTU: 1500,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                              VCCV: CC Type: RA [2]
                                                                    CV Type: LSPV [2]

                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                      Local interface: Gi0/0.1 up, line protocol up, Eth VLAN 100 up
                                                        Destination address: 10.1.1.152, VC ID: 100, VC status: up
                                                          Output interface: Gi0/0.2, imposed label stack {202}
                                                          Preferred path: not configured  
                                                          Default path: active
                                                          Next hop: 10.151.152.2
                                                        Create time: 1d11h, last status change time: 1d11h
                                                        Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.1.1.152:0 up
                                                          Targeted Hello: 10.1.1.151(LDP Id) -> 10.1.1.152
                                                          MPLS VC labels: local 100, remote 202 
                                                          Group ID: local 0, remote 0
                                                          MTU: local 1500, remote 1500
                                                          Remote interface description: 
                                                        Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                        VC statistics:
                                                          packet totals: receive 41, send 39
                                                          byte totals:   receive 4460, send 5346
                                                          packet drops:  receive 0, send 0

                                                      In the following example, you are specifying an MTU of 1501 in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, and that value is out of range, the router enters the command in subinterface configuration mode, where it is accepted:

                                                      Router# configure terminal
                                                      router(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2.1
                                                      router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.10.10.1 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu ?
                                                      <64 - 1500> MTU size in bytes
                                                      router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu 1501
                                                      router(config-subif)# mtu ?
                                                      <64 - 17940> MTU size in bytes
                                                      

                                                      If the MTU value is not accepted in either xconnect subinterface configuration mode or subinterface configuration mode, then the command is rejected, as shown in the following example:

                                                      Router# configure terminal
                                                      router(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2.1
                                                      router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.10.10.1 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu ?
                                                      <64 - 1500> MTU size in bytes
                                                      router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu 63
                                                      % Invalid input detected at ^ marker

                                                      Example Configuring MTU Values in xconnect Configuration Mode for L2VPN Interworking

                                                      The following example shows an L2VPN Interworking example. The PE1 router has a serial interface configured with an MTU value of 1492 bytes. The PE2 router uses xconnect configuration mode to set a matching MTU of 1492 bytes, which allows the two routers to form an interworking VC. If the PE2 router did not set the MTU value in xconnect configuration mode, the interface would be set to 1500 bytes by default and the VC would not come up.

                                                      PE1 Configuration

                                                      pseudowire-class atom-ipiw
                                                       encapsulation mpls
                                                       interworking ip 
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback0
                                                       ip address 10.1.1.151 255.255.255.255
                                                      !
                                                      interface Serial2/0
                                                       mtu 1492 
                                                       no ip address
                                                       encapsulation ppp
                                                       no fair-queue
                                                       serial restart-delay 0
                                                       xconnect 10.1.1.152 123 pw-class atom-ipiw
                                                      !
                                                      interface Serial4/0
                                                       ip address 10.151.100.1 255.255.255.252
                                                       encapsulation ppp
                                                       mpls ip
                                                       serial restart-delay 0
                                                      !
                                                      router ospf 1
                                                       log-adjacency-changes
                                                       network 10.1.1.151 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                       network 10.151.100.0 0.0.0.3 area 0
                                                      !
                                                      mpls ldp router-id Loopback0

                                                      PE2 Configuration

                                                      pseudowire-class atom-ipiw
                                                       encapsulation mpls
                                                       interworking ip 
                                                      !
                                                      interface Loopback0
                                                       ip address 10.1.1.152 255.255.255.255
                                                      !
                                                      interface Ethernet0/0 
                                                       no ip address
                                                       xconnect 10.1.1.151 123 pw-class atom-ipiw
                                                        mtu 1492 
                                                      !
                                                      interface Serial4/0
                                                       ip address 10.100.152.2 255.255.255.252
                                                       encapsulation ppp
                                                       mpls ip
                                                       serial restart-delay 0
                                                      !
                                                      router ospf 1
                                                       log-adjacency-changes
                                                       network 10.1.1.152 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                       network 10.100.152.0 0.0.0.3 area 0
                                                      !
                                                      mpls ldp router-id Loopback0
                                                      

                                                      The show mpls l2transport bindingcommand shows that the MTU value for the local and remote routers is 1492 bytes.

                                                      PE1 Configuration

                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport binding
                                                       
                                                      Destination Address: 10.1.1.152,  VC ID: 123
                                                          Local Label: 105
                                                              Cbit: 1,    VC Type: PPP,    GroupID: 0
                                                              MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                              VCCV: CC Type: CW [1], RA [2]
                                                                    CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                          Remote Label: 205
                                                              Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                              MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                              VCCV: CC Type: RA [2]
                                                                    CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                      Local interface: Se2/0 up, line protocol up, PPP up
                                                        MPLS VC type is PPP, interworking type is IP 
                                                        Destination address: 10.1.1.152, VC ID: 123, VC status: up
                                                          Output interface: Se4/0, imposed label stack {1003 205}
                                                          Preferred path: not configured  
                                                          Default path: active
                                                          Next hop: point2point
                                                        Create time: 00:25:29, last status change time: 00:24:54
                                                        Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.1.1.152:0 up
                                                          Targeted Hello: 10.1.1.151(LDP Id) -> 10.1.1.152
                                                          Status TLV support (local/remote)   : enabled/supported
                                                            Label/status state machine        : established, LruRru
                                                            Last local dataplane   status rcvd: no fault
                                                            Last local SSS circuit status rcvd: no fault
                                                            Last local SSS circuit status sent: no fault
                                                            Last local  LDP TLV    status sent: no fault
                                                            Last remote LDP TLV    status rcvd: no fault
                                                          MPLS VC labels: local 105, remote 205 
                                                          Group ID: local n/a, remote 0
                                                          MTU: local 1492, remote 1492
                                                          Remote interface description: 
                                                        Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                        VC statistics:
                                                          packet totals: receive 30, send 29
                                                          byte totals:   receive 2946, send 3364
                                                          packet drops:  receive 0, send 0

                                                      PE2 Configuration

                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport binding
                                                       
                                                      Destination Address: 10.1.1.151,  VC ID: 123
                                                          Local Label: 205
                                                              Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                              MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                              VCCV: CC Type: RA [2]
                                                                    CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                          Remote Label: 105
                                                              Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                              MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                              VCCV: CC Type: CW [1], RA [2]
                                                                    CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                      Local interface: Et0/0 up, line protocol up, Ethernet up
                                                        MPLS VC type is Ethernet, interworking type is IP
                                                        Destination address: 10.1.1.151, VC ID: 123, VC status: up
                                                          Output interface: Se4/0, imposed label stack {1002 105}
                                                          Preferred path: not configured  
                                                          Default path: active
                                                          Next hop: point2point
                                                        Create time: 00:25:19, last status change time: 00:25:19
                                                        Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.1.1.151:0 up
                                                          Targeted Hello: 10.1.1.152(LDP Id) -> 10.1.1.151
                                                          Status TLV support (local/remote)   : enabled/supported
                                                            Label/status state machine        : established, LruRru
                                                            Last local dataplane   status rcvd: no fault
                                                            Last local SSS circuit status rcvd: no fault
                                                            Last local SSS circuit status sent: no fault
                                                            Last local  LDP TLV    status sent: no fault
                                                            Last remote LDP TLV    status rcvd: no fault
                                                          MPLS VC labels: local 205, remote 105 
                                                          Group ID: local n/a, remote 0
                                                          MTU: local 1492, remote 1492 
                                                          Remote interface description: 
                                                        Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                        VC statistics:
                                                          packet totals: receive 29, send 30
                                                          byte totals:   receive 2900, send 3426
                                                          packet drops:  receive 0, send 0
                                                      

                                                      Example Removing a Pseudowire

                                                      The following example shows how to remove all xconnects:

                                                      Router# clear xconnect all
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.1(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234000]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.2(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234001]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.3(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.2.2:1234002]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.4(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                      02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.2.2:1234003]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234002, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234003, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.3, 1003]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.3, 1003]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.2.2, 1234003]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.2.2, 1234003]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.3, 1003]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                      02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.2.2, 1234003]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234003, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                      02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234002, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to remove all the xconnects associated with peer router 10.1.1.2:

                                                      Router# clear xconnect peer 10.1.1.2 all
                                                      02:14:08: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.1(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                      02:14:08: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234000]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                      02:14:08: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.2(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                      02:14:08: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234001]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                      02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:14:08: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:14:08: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:14:08: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:14:08: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:14:08: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                      02:14:08: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                      02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                      02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                      

                                                      The following example shows how to remove the xconnects associated with peer router 10.1.1.2 and VC ID 1234001:

                                                      Router# clear xconnect peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001
                                                      02:14:23: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.2(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                      02:14:23: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234001]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                      02:14:23: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:14:23: XC AUTH [Et1/0.2, 1002]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:14:23: XC AUTH [Et1/0.2, 1002]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:14:23: XC AUTH [Et1/0.2, 1002]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                      02:14:23: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC UP, VC state UP

                                                      The following example shows how to remove the xconnects associated with interface Ethernet 1/0.1:

                                                      Router# clear xconnect interface eth1/0.1
                                                       
                                                      02:14:48: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.1(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                      02:14:48: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234000]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                      02:14:48: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                      02:14:48: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234000]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                      02:14:48: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234000]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                      02:14:48: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234000]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END

                                                      Additional References

                                                      Related Documents

                                                      Related Topic

                                                      Document Title

                                                      Cisco IOS commands

                                                      Cisco IOS Master Commands List, All Releases

                                                      MPLS commands

                                                      Cisco IOS Multiprotocol Label Switching Command Reference

                                                      Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      “Overview” section of Cisco Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      Any Transport over MPLS for the Cisco 10000 series router

                                                      Cisco 10000 Series Router Broadband Aggregation, Leased-Line, and MPLS Configuration Guide

                                                      Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)

                                                      Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)

                                                      L2VPN interworking

                                                      L2VPN Interworking

                                                      Standards

                                                      Standard

                                                      Title

                                                      draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls-08.txt

                                                      Transport of Layer 2 Frames Over MPLS

                                                      draft-martini-l2circuit-encap-mpls-04.txt

                                                      Encapsulation Methods for Transport of Layer 2 Frames Over MPLS

                                                      MIBs

                                                      MIB

                                                      MIBs Link

                                                      ATM AAL5 over MPLS and ATM Cell Relay over MPLS:

                                                      • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)
                                                      • ATM MIB (ATM-MIB.my)
                                                      • CISCO AAL5 MIB (CISCO-AAL5-MIB.my)
                                                      • Cisco Enterprise ATM Extension MIB (CISCO-ATM-EXT-MIB.my)
                                                      • Supplemental ATM Management Objects (CISCO-IETF-ATM2-PVCTRAP-MIB.my)
                                                      • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)

                                                      Ethernet over MPLS:

                                                      • CISCO-ETHERLIKE-CAPABILITIES.my
                                                      • Ethernet MIB (ETHERLIKE-MIB.my)
                                                      • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)
                                                      • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)

                                                      Frame Relay over MPLS:

                                                      • Cisco Frame Relay MIB (CISCO-FRAME-RELAY-MIB.my)
                                                      • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)
                                                      • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)

                                                      HDLC and PPP over MPLS:

                                                      • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)
                                                      • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)

                                                      To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco software releases, and feature sets, use Cisco MIB Locator found at the following URL:

                                                      http:/​/​www.cisco.com/​go/​mibs

                                                      RFCs

                                                      RFC

                                                      Title

                                                      RFC 3032

                                                      MPLS Label Stack Encoding

                                                      RFC 3036

                                                      LDP Specification

                                                      Technical Assistance

                                                      Description

                                                      Link

                                                      The Cisco Support and Documentation website provides online resources to download documentation, software, and tools. Use these resources to install and configure the software and to troubleshoot and resolve technical issues with Cisco products and technologies. Access to most tools on the Cisco Support and Documentation website requires a Cisco.com user ID and password.

                                                      http:/​/​www.cisco.com/​cisco/​web/​support/​index.html

                                                      Feature Information for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      The following table provides release information about the feature or features described in this module. This table lists only the software release that introduced support for a given feature in a given software release train. Unless noted otherwise, subsequent releases of that software release train also support that feature.

                                                      Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco software image support. To access Cisco Feature Navigator, go to www.cisco.com/​go/​cfn. An account on Cisco.com is not required.

                                                      Table 9 Feature Information for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      Feature Name

                                                      Releases

                                                      Feature Information

                                                      Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      12.0(10)ST 12.0(21)ST 12.0(22)S 12.0(23)S 12.0(25)S 12.0(26)S 12.0(27)S 12.0(29)S 12.0(30)S 12.0(31)S 12.0(32)S 12.1(8a)E 12.2(14)S 12.2(15)T 12.2(28)SB 12.2(33)SRB 12.2(33)SXH 12.2(33)SRC 12.2(33)SRD 12.2(1)SRE 12.4(11)T 15.0(1)S 15.1(3)S

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(10)ST, Any Transport over MPLS: ATM AAL5 over MPLS was introduced on the Cisco 12000 series routers.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.1(8a)E, Ethernet over MPLS was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series Internet router.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(21)ST, Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS was introduced on the Cisco 12000 series routers. ATM AAL5 over MPLS was updated.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(22)S, Ethernet over MPLS was integrated into this release. Support for the Cisco 10720 Internet router was added. ATM AAL5 over MPLS was integrated into this release for the Cisco 12000 series routers.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(23)S, the following new features were introduced and support was added for them on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers:

                                                      • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS (single cell relay, VC mode)
                                                      • Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                      • HDLC over MPLS
                                                      • PPP over MPLS

                                                      Cisco IOS Release 12.0(23)S also added support on the Cisco 12000, 7200, and 7500 series routers for the following features:

                                                      • ATM AAL5 over MPLS
                                                      • Ethernet over MPLS (VLAN mode)

                                                      The AToM features were integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(14)S.

                                                      The AToM features were integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(15)T.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                      • New commands for configuring AToM
                                                      • Ethernet over MPLS: port mode
                                                      • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: packed cell relay
                                                      • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: VP mode
                                                      • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: port mode
                                                      • Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding mode for Frame Relay, PPP, and HDLC over MPLS
                                                      • Fast reroute with AToM
                                                      • Tunnel selection
                                                      • Traffic policing
                                                      • QoS support

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(26)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                      • Support for connecting disparate attachment circuits. See L2VPN Interworking for more information.
                                                      • QoS functionality with AToM for the Cisco 7200 series routers.

                                                      Support for FECN and BECN marking with Frame Relay over MPLS. (See BECN and FECN Marking for Frame Relay over MPLS for more information.)

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(27)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                      • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay for VC, PVP, and port mode for the Cisco 12000 series router.
                                                      • Support for ATM over MPLS on the Cisco 12000 series 4-port OC-12X/STM-4 ATM ISE line card.

                                                      This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S for the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(29)S, the “Any Transport over MPLS Sequencing Support” feature was added for the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(31)S, the Cisco 12000 series router introduced the following enhancements:

                                                      • AToM VC Independence--With this enhancement, fast reroute is accomplished in less than 50 milliseconds, regardless of the number of VCs configured.
                                                      • Support for ISE line cards on the 2.5G ISE SPA Interface Processor (SIP).

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(32)S, the Cisco 12000 series router added engine 5 line card support for the following transport types:

                                                      • Ethernet over MPLS
                                                      • Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                      • HDLC over MPLS
                                                      • PPP over MPLS

                                                      This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(28)SB on the Cisco 10000 series routers. Platform-specific configuration information is contained in the “Configuring Any Transport over MPLS” section of the Cisco 10000 Series Router Broadband Aggregation, Leased-Line, and MPLS Configuration Guide.

                                                      Any Transport over MPLS was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.4(11)T with support for the following features:

                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: Port Mode
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: VLAN Mode
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: VLAN ID Rewrite
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: AAL5 over MPLS
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM OAM Emulation

                                                      This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRB to support the following features on the Cisco 7600 router:

                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS
                                                      • AToM Static Pseudowire Provisioning

                                                      Platform-specific configuration information is contained in the following documents:

                                                      This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SXH and supports the following features:

                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: Port Mode
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: AAL5 over MPLS
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM OAM Emulation
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Single Cell Relay--VC Mode
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM Cell Relay over MPLS--VP Mode
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay--VC/VP Mode
                                                      • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS
                                                      • ATM Port Mode Packed Cell Relay over AToM
                                                      • AToM Tunnel Selection

                                                      The following features were integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRC:

                                                      • AToM Tunnel Selection for the Cisco 7200 and Cisco 7300 routers
                                                      • Per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS (EoMPLS)

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRD, support for ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in port mode on Cisco 7600 series routers was added.

                                                      Per Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS (EoMPLS) was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 15.1(3)S.

                                                      MPLS L2VPN Clear Xconnect Command

                                                      12.2(1)SRE

                                                      15.0(1)S

                                                      These features are supported on Cisco 7600 routers in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(1)SRE and Cisco IOS Release 15.0(1)S.

                                                      These features enable you to:

                                                      • Reset a VC associated with an interface, a peer address, or on all the configured xconnect circuit attachments
                                                      • Set the control word on dynamic pseudowires.
                                                      • Enable ATM cell packing for static pseudowires.

                                                      The following commands were introduced or modified by these features: cell-packing, clear xconnect, control-word, encapsulation (Any Transport over MPLS), oam-ac emulation-enable.

                                                      MPLS MTU Command for GRE Tunnels

                                                      15.1(1)T 15.1(2)S

                                                      This feature allows you to reset the MPLS MTU size in GRE tunnels from default to the maximum.

                                                      The maximum keyword was replaced with the max keyword.

                                                      The following command was modified by this feature: mpls mtu.

                                                      ATM Port mode Packed Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                      15.2(1)S

                                                      This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(1)S.

                                                      Any Transport over MPLS (AToM): ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay

                                                      15.2(1)S

                                                      This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(1)S.


                                                      Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      Contents

                                                      Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      This document describes the Any Transport over MPLS (AToM) feature, which provides the following capabilities:

                                                      • Transport data link layer (Layer2) packets over a Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) backbone.
                                                      • Enable service providers to connect customer sites with existing Layer 2 networks by using a single, integrated, packet-based network infrastructure--a Cisco MPLS network. Instead of using separate networks with network management environments, service providers can deliver Layer 2 connections over an MPLS backbone.
                                                      • Provide a common framework to encapsulate and transport supported Layer 2 traffic types over an MPLS network core.

                                                      AToM supports the following like-to-like transport types:

                                                      • ATM Adaptation Layer Type-5 (AAL5) over MPLS
                                                      • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS
                                                      • Ethernet over MPLS (VLAN and port modes)
                                                      • Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                      • PPP over MPLS
                                                      • High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC) over MPLS

                                                      Finding Feature Information

                                                      Your software release may not support all the features documented in this module. For the latest caveats and feature information, see Bug Search Tool and the release notes for your platform and software release. To find information about the features documented in this module, and to see a list of the releases in which each feature is supported, see the feature information table at the end of this module.

                                                      Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco software image support. To access Cisco Feature Navigator, go to www.cisco.com/​go/​cfn. An account on Cisco.com is not required.

                                                      Prerequisites for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      Before configuring AToM, ensure that the network is configured as follows:

                                                      Restrictions for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      General Restrictions

                                                      The following general restrictions pertain to all transport types under AToM:

                                                      • Address format: Configure the Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) router ID on all PE routers to be a loopback address with a /32 mask. Otherwise, some configurations might not function properly.
                                                      • Layer 2 virtual private networks (L2VPN) features (AToM and Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)) are not supported on an ATM interface.
                                                      • Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding is the only forwarding model supported on the Cisco 12000 series routers and is enabled by default. Disabling distributed Cisco Express Forwarding on the Cisco 12000 series routers disables forwarding.
                                                      • Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding mode is supported on the Cisco 7500 series routers for Frame Relay, HDLC, and PPP. In distributed Cisco Express Forwarding mode, the switching process occurs on the Versatile Interface Processors (VIPs) that support switching. When distributed Cisco Express Forwarding is enabled, VIP port adapters maintain identical copies of the Forwarding Information Base (FIB) and adjacency tables. The port adapters perform the express forwarding between port adapters, relieving the Route Switch Processor (RSP) from performing the switching. Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding uses an interprocess communications (IPC) mechanism to ensure synchronization of FIBs and adjacency tables between the RSP and port adapters.
                                                      • To convert an interface with L2TPv3 xconnect to AToM xconnect, remove the L2TPv3 configuration from the interface and then configure AToM. Some features may not work if AToM is configured when L2TPv3 configuration is not removed properly.

                                                      ATM Cell Relay over MPLS Restrictions

                                                      The following restrictions pertain to ATM Cell Relay over MPLS:

                                                      • For ATM Cell Relay over MPLS,if you have TE tunnels running between the PE routers, you must enable LDP on the tunnel interfaces.
                                                      • Configuring ATM Relay over MPLS with the Cisco 12000 Series Router engine 2 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line card: In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, there were special instructions for configuring ATM cell relay on the Cisco 12000 series router with an engine 2 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line card. The special configuration instructions do not apply to releases later than Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S and you do not need to use the atm mode cell-relay command.

                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, when you configured the Cisco 12000 series 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line card for ATM Cell Relay over MPLS, two ports were reserved. In releases later than Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, only one port is reserved.

                                                      In addition, in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, if you configured an 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM port for ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) over MPLS and then configured ATM single cell relay over MPLS on that port, the Virtual Circuits (VCs) and Virtual Paths (VPs) for AAL5 on the port and its corresponding port were removed. Starting in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(26)S, this behavior no longer occurs. ATM AAL5 over MPLS and ATM single cell relay over MPLS are supported on the same port. The Cisco 12000 series 8-port OC-3 STM-1 ATM line cards now support, by default, the ATM single cell relay over MPLS feature in both VP and VC modes and ATM AAL5 over MPLS on the same port.

                                                      • The F4 end-to-end Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cells are transparently transported along with the ATM cells. When a permanent virtual path (PVP) or Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) is down on one PE router, the label associated with that PVP or PVC is withdrawn. Subsequently, the peer PE router detects the label withdrawal and sends an F4 AIS/RDI signal to its corresponding customer edge (CE) router. The PVP or PVC on the peer PE router remains in the up state.

                                                      Ethernet over MPLS (EoMPLS) Restrictions

                                                      The following restrictions pertain to the Ethernet over MPLS feature:

                                                      • Ethernet over MPLS supports VLAN packets that conform to the IEEE 802.1Q standard. The 802.1Q specification establishes a standard method for inserting VLAN membership information into Ethernet frames. The Inter-Switch Link (ISL) protocol is not supported between the PE and CE routers.
                                                      • The AToM control word is supported. However, if the peer PE does not support a control word, the control word is disabled. This negotiation is done by LDP label binding.
                                                      • Ethernet packets with hardware-level cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors, framing errors, and runt packets are discarded on input.
                                                      • In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S, the behavior of the mpls mtu command changed. If the interface MTU is less than 1524 bytes, you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 24 bytes more than the interface MTU. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1510 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 1534 bytes (1510 + 24).

                                                      Caution


                                                      Although you can set the MPLS MTU to a value greater than the interface MTU, you must set the MPLS MTU to a value less than or equal to the interface MTU to prevent data corruption, dropped packets, and high CPU rates.


                                                      If the interface MTU is greater than or equal to 1524 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU as high as the interface MTU. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1600 bytes, then you can set the MPLS MTU to a maximum of 1600 bytes. If you set the MPLS MTU to a value higher than the interface MTU, traffic is dropped.

                                                      For interfaces that do not allow you to configure the interface MTU value and for interfaces where the interface MTU is 1500 bytes, the MPLS MTU range is 64 to 1524 bytes.

                                                      If you upgrade to Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S from an earlier release and you have an MPLS MTU setting that does not conform to these guidelines, the command is rejected. See the Maximum Transmission Unit Guidelines for Estimating Packet Size for more information.

                                                      Per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS Restrictions

                                                      • The following features do not support MTU values in xconnect subinterface configuration mode:
                                                        • Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)
                                                        • Virtual Private LAN services (VPLS)
                                                        • L2VPN Pseudowire Switching
                                                      • The MTU value can be configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode only on the following interfaces and subinterfaces:
                                                        • Fast Ethernet
                                                        • Gigabit Ethernet
                                                      • The router uses an MTU validation process for remote VCs established through LDP, which compares the MTU value configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode to the MTU value of the remote customer interface. If an MTU value has not been configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, then the validation process compares the MTU value of the local customer interface to the MTU value of the remote xconnect, either explicitly configured or inherited from the underlying interface or subinterface.
                                                      • When you configure the MTU value in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, the specified MTU value is not enforced by the dataplane. The dataplane enforces the MTU values of the interface (port mode) or subinterface (VLAN mode).
                                                      • Ensure that the interface MTU is larger than the MTU value configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode. If the MTU value of the customer-facing subinterface is larger than the MTU value of the core-facing interface, traffic may not be able to travel across the pseudowire.

                                                      Frame Relay over MPLS Restrictions

                                                      The following restrictions pertain to the Frame Relay over MPLS feature:

                                                      • Frame Relay traffic shaping is not supported with AToM switched VCs.
                                                      • If you configure Frame Relay over MPLS on the Cisco 12000 series router and the core-facing interface is an engine 4 or 4+ line card and the edge-facing interface is an engine 0 or 2 line card, then the BECN, FECN, control word (CW), and DE bit information is stripped from the PVC.

                                                      Information About Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      How AToM Transports Layer 2 Packets

                                                      AToM encapsulates Layer 2 frames at the ingress PE and sends them to a corresponding PE at the other end of a pseudowire, which is a connection between the two PE routers. The egress PE removes the encapsulation and sends out the Layer 2 frame.

                                                      The successful transmission of the Layer 2 frames between PE routers is due to the configuration of the PE routers. You can set up the connection, called a pseudowire, between the routers and specify the following information on each PE router:

                                                      • The type of Layer 2 data that will be transported across the pseudowire such as Ethernet, Frame Relay, or ATM
                                                      • The IP address of the loopback interface of the peer PE router, which enables the PE routers to communicate
                                                      • A unique combination of peer PE IP address and VC ID that identifies the pseudowire

                                                      The following example shows the basic configuration steps on a PE router that enable the transport of Layer 2 packets. Each transport type has slightly different steps.

                                                      Step 1 defines the interface or subinterface on the PE router:

                                                      Router# interface 
                                                      interface-type interface-number
                                                      

                                                      Step 2 specifies the encapsulation type for the interface, such as dot1q:

                                                      Router(config-if)# encapsulation encapsulation-type
                                                      

                                                      Step 3 does the following:

                                                      • Makes a connection to the peer PE router by specifying the LDP router ID of the peer PE router.
                                                      • Specifies a 32-bit unique identifier, called the VC ID, which is shared between the two PE routers.

                                                      The combination of the peer router ID and the VC ID must be unique on the router. Two circuits cannot use the same combination of the peer router ID and VC ID.

                                                      • Specifies the tunneling method used to encapsulate data in the pseudowire. AToM uses MPLS as the tunneling method.
                                                      Router(config-if)# xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls
                                                      

                                                      As an alternative, you can set up a pseudowire class to specify the tunneling method and other characteristics. For more information, see the Configuring the Pseudowire Class.

                                                      AToM Configuration Commands Prior to Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S

                                                      In releases of AToM before Cisco IOS 12.0(25)S, the mpls l2 transport routecommand was used to configure AToM circuits.This command has been replaced with the xconnectcommand.

                                                      No enhancements will be made to the mpls l2transport routecommand. Enhancements will be made to either the xconnectcommand or the pseudowire-classcommand. Therefore, Cisco recommends that you use the xconnect command to configure AToM circuits.

                                                      Configurations from releases before Cisco IOS 12.0(25)S that use the mpls l2transport routecommand are still supported.

                                                      Benefits of AToM

                                                      The following list explains some of the benefits of enabling Layer 2 packets to be sent in the MPLS network:

                                                      • The AToM product set accommodates many types of Layer 2 packets, including Ethernet and Frame Relay, across multiple Cisco router platforms, such as the Cisco 7200 and Cisco 7500 series routers. This enables the service provider to transport all types of traffic over the backbone and accommodate all types of customers.
                                                      • AToM adheres to the standards developed for transporting Layer 2 packets over MPLS. (See the "Standards" section for the specific standards that AToM follows.) This benefits the service provider that wants to incorporate industry-standard methodologies in the network. Other Layer 2 solutions are proprietary, which can limit the service provider’s ability to expand the network and can force the service provider to use only one vendor’s equipment.
                                                      • Upgrading to AToM is transparent to the customer. Because the service provider network is separate from the customer network, the service provider can upgrade to AToM without disruption of service to the customer. The customers assume that they are using a traditional Layer 2 backbone.

                                                      MPLS Traffic Engineering Fast Reroute

                                                      AToM can use MPLS traffic engineering (TE) tunnels with fast reroute (FRR) support. AToM VCs can be rerouted around a failed link or node at the same time as MPLS and IP prefixes.

                                                      Enabling fast reroute on AToM does not require any special commands; you can use the standard fast reroute (FRR) commands. At the ingress PE, an AToM tunnel is protected by fast reroute when it is routed to an FRR-protected TE tunnel. Both link and node protection are supported for AToM VCs at the ingress PE. For more information on configuring MPLS TE fast reroute, see the following document:

                                                      MPLS Traffic Engineering (TE)--Link and Node Protection, with RSVP Hellos Support


                                                      Note


                                                      The AToM VC independence feature was introduced in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(31)S. This feature enables the Cisco 12000 series router to perform fast reroute in fewer than 50 milliseconds, regardless of the number of VCs configured. In previous releases, the fast reroute time depended on the number of VCs inside the protected TE tunnel.


                                                      For the Cisco 12000 series routers, fast reroute uses three or more labels, depending on where the TE tunnel ends:

                                                      • If the TE tunnel is from a PE router to a PE router, three labels are used.
                                                      • If the TE tunnel is from a PE router to the core router, four labels are used.

                                                      Engine 0 ATM line cards support three or more labels, but the performance degrades. Engine 2 Gigabit Ethernet line cards and engine 3 line cards support three or more labels and can work with the fast reroute feature.

                                                      You can issue the debug mpls l2transport fast-reroutecommand to debug fast reroute with AToM.


                                                      Note


                                                      This command does not display output on platforms where AToM fast reroute is implemented in the forwarding code. The command does display output on Cisco 10720 Internet router line cards and Cisco 12000 series line cards. This command does not display output for the Cisco 7500 (both Route Processor (RP) and Versatile Interface Processor (VIP)) series routers, Cisco 7200 series routers, and Cisco 12000 series RP.


                                                      In the following example, the primary link is disabled, which causes the backup tunnel (Tunnel 1) to become the primary path. In the following example, bolded output shows the status of the tunnel:

                                                      Router# execute-on slot 3 debug mpls l2transport fast-reroute
                                                      ========= Line Card (Slot 3) =========
                                                      AToM fast reroute debugging is on
                                                      SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Processing TFIB FRR event for 10.4.0.1
                                                      SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Finished processing TFIB FRR event for 10.4.0.1
                                                      SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Processing TFIB FRR event for Tunnel41
                                                      SLOT 3:Sep 16 17:58:56.346: AToM SMGR: Finished processing TFIB FRR event for Tunnel41
                                                      Sep 16 17:58:58.342: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface POS0/0, changed state to down
                                                      Sep 16 17:58:58.342: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 10.0.0.1 on POS0/0 from FULL to DOWN, Neighbor Down: Interface down or detached
                                                      Sep 16 17:58:59.342: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface POS0/0, changed state to down
                                                      

                                                      Maximum Transmission Unit Guidelines for Estimating Packet Size

                                                      The following calculation helps you determine the size of the packets traveling through the core network. You set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) on the core-facing interfaces of the P and PE routers to accommodate packets of this size. The MTU should be greater than or equal to the total bytes of the items in the following equation:

                                                      Core MTU >= (Edge MTU + Transport header + AToM header + (MPLS label stack * MPLS label size))

                                                      The following sections describe the variables used in the equation:

                                                      Edge MTU

                                                      The edge MTU is the MTU for customer-facing interfaces.

                                                      Transport Header

                                                      The Transport header depends on the transport type. The table below lists the specific sizes of the headers.

                                                      Table 1 Header Size of Packets

                                                      Transport Type

                                                      Packet Size

                                                      AAL5

                                                      0-32 bytes

                                                      Ethernet VLAN

                                                      18 bytes

                                                      Ethernet Port

                                                      14 bytes

                                                      Frame Relay DLCI

                                                      2 bytes for Cisco encapsulation, 8 bytes for Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) encapsulation

                                                      HDLC

                                                      4 bytes

                                                      PPP

                                                      4 bytes

                                                      AToM Header

                                                      The AToM header is 4 bytes (control word). The control word is optional for Ethernet, PPP, HDLC, and cell relay transport types. However, the control word is required for Frame Relay and ATM AAL5 transport types.

                                                      MPLS Label Stack

                                                      The MPLS label stack size depends on the configuration of the core MPLS network:

                                                      • AToM uses one MPLS label to identify the AToM VCs (VC label). Therefore, the minimum MPLS label stack is one for directly connected AToM PEs, which are PE routers that do not have a P router between them.
                                                      • If LDP is used in the MPLS network, the label stack size is two (the LDP label and the VC label).
                                                      • If a TE tunnel is used instead of LDP between PE routers in the MPLS network, the label stack size is two (the TE label and the VC label).
                                                      • If a TE tunnel and LDP are used in the MPLS network (for example, a TE tunnel between P routers or between P and PE routers, with LDP on the tunnel), the label stack is three (the TE label, LDP label, and VC label).
                                                      • If you use MPLS fast reroute in the MPLS network, you add a label to the stack. The maximum MPLS label stack in this case is four (the FRR label, TE label, LDP label, and VC label).
                                                      • If AToM is used by the customer carrier in an MPLS VPN Carrier Supporting Carrier environment, you add a label to the stack. The maximum MPLS label stack in the provider carrier network is five (the FRR label, TE label, LDP label, VPN label, and VC label).
                                                      • If an AToM tunnel spans different service providers that exchange MPLS labels using IPv4 Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) (RFC 3107), you add a label to the stack. The maximum MPLS label stack is five (the FRR label, TE label, Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) label, LDP label, and VC label).

                                                      Other circumstances can increase the MPLS label stack size. Therefore, analyze the complete data path between the AToM tunnel endpoints, determine the maximum MPLS label stack size for your network, and then multiply the label stack size by the size of the MPLS label.

                                                      Example Estimating Packet Size

                                                      The size of packets is estimated in the following example, which uses the following assumptions:

                                                      • The edge MTU is 1500 bytes.
                                                      • The transport type is Ethernet VLAN, which designates 18 bytes for the transport header.
                                                      • The AToM header is 0, because the control word is not used.
                                                      • The MPLS label stack is 2, because LDP is used. The MPLS label is 4 bytes.
                                                      Edge MTU + Transport header + AToM header + (MPLS label stack * MPLS label) = Core MTU
                                                      1500     + 18                    + 0      + (2                * 4         ) = 1526
                                                      

                                                      You must configure the P and PE routers in the core to accept packets of 1526 bytes.

                                                      Once you determine the MTU size to set on your P and PE routers, you can issue the mtucommand on the routers to set the MTU size. The following example specifies an MTU of 1526 bytes:

                                                      Router(config-if)# mtu 1526
                                                      

                                                      mpls mtu Command Changes

                                                      Some interfaces (such as FastEthernet) require the mpls mtu command to change the MTU size. In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S, the behavior of the mpls mtu command changed.

                                                      If the interface MTU is fewer than 1524 bytes, you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 24 bytes more than the interface MTU. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1510 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU to 1534 bytes (1510 + 24).


                                                      Caution


                                                      Although you can set the MPLS MTU to a value greater than the interface MTU, you must set the MPLS MTU value to less than or equal to the interface MTU to prevent data corruption, dropped packets, and high CPU rates.


                                                      If the interface MTU is greater than or equal to 1524 bytes, then you can set the maximum MPLS MTU value to as high as the interface MTU value. For example, if the interface MTU is set to 1600 bytes, then you can set the MPLS MTU to a maximum of 1600 bytes. If you set the MPLS MTU value to higher than the interface MTU, traffic is dropped.

                                                      For interfaces that do not allow you to configure the interface MTU value and for interfaces where the interface MTU is 1500 bytes, the MPLS MTU range is 64 to 1524 bytes.

                                                      For GRE tunnel interfaces you can set the MPLS MTU value to either the default value or the maximum value that is supported by the platform for the interface.

                                                      You can set the MPLS MTU value to the maximum value by using the max keyword along with the mpls mtu command. The mpls mtu max command allows the previously dropped packets to pass through the GRE tunnel by fragmentation on the underlying physical interface.

                                                      Note that the MPLS MTU value cannot be greater than the interface MTU value for non-GRE tunnels.

                                                      If you upgrade to Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S and you have an MPLS MTU setting that does not conform to these guidelines, the command is rejected.

                                                      For Cisco IOS Release 12.2(27)SBC, 12.2(33)SRA, 12.4(11)T, 12.2(33)SXH, and later releases, you cannot set the MPLS MTU to a value greater than the interface MTU. This eliminates problems, such as dropped packets, data corruption, and high CPU rates. See the MPLS MTU Command Changes document for more information.

                                                      Per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS

                                                      MTU values can be specified in xconnect subinterface configuration mode. When you use xconnect subinterface configuration mode to set the MTU value, you establish a pseudowire connection for situations where the interfaces have different MTU values that cannot be changed.

                                                      If you specify an MTU value in xconnect subinterface configuration mode that is outside the range of supported MTU values (64 bytes to the maximum number of bytes supported by the interface), the command might be rejected. If you specify an MTU value that is out of range in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, the router enters the command in subinterface configuration mode.

                                                      For example, if you specify an MTU of 1501 in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, and that value is out of range, the router enters the command in subinterface configuration mode, where it is accepted:

                                                      Router# configure terminal
                                                      Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/0/2.1
                                                      Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.10.10.1 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                      Router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu ?
                                                      <64 - 1500> MTU size in bytes
                                                      Router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu 1501 <<================
                                                      Router(config-subif)# mtu ?
                                                      <64 - 17940> MTU size in bytes
                                                      

                                                      If the MTU value is not accepted in either xconnect subinterface configuration mode or subinterface configuration mode, then the command is rejected.

                                                      Frame Relay over MPLS and DTE DCE and NNI Connections

                                                      You can configure an interface as a DTE device or a DCE switch, or as a switch connected to a switch with network-to-network interface (NNI) connections. Use the following command in interface configuration mode:

                                                      frame-relay intf-type [dce | dte | nni]

                                                      The keywords are explained in the table below.

                                                      Table 2 frame-relay intf-type Command Keywords

                                                      Keyword

                                                      Description

                                                      dce

                                                      Enables the router or access server to function as a switch connected to a router.

                                                      dte

                                                      Enables the router or access server to function as a DTE device. DTE is the default.

                                                      nni

                                                      Enables the router or access server to function as a switch connected to a switch.

                                                      Local Management Interface and Frame Relay over MPLS

                                                      Local Management Interface (LMI) is a protocol that communicates status information about PVCs. When a PVC is added, deleted, or changed, the LMI notifies the endpoint of the status change. LMI also provides a polling mechanism that verifies that a link is up.

                                                      How LMI Works

                                                      To determine the PVC status, LMI checks that a PVC is available from the reporting device to the Frame Relay end-user device. If a PVC is available, LMI reports that the status is “Active,” which means that all interfaces, line protocols, and core segments are operational between the reporting device and the Frame Relay end-user device. If any of those components is not available, the LMI reports a status of “Inactive.”


                                                      Note


                                                      Only the DCE and NNI interface types can report the LMI status.


                                                      The figure below is a sample topology that helps illustrate how LMI works.

                                                      Figure 1. Sample Topology

                                                      In the figure above, note the following:

                                                      • CE1 and PE1 and PE2 and CE2 are Frame Relay LMI peers.
                                                      • CE1 and CE2 can be Frame Relay switches or end-user devices.
                                                      • Each Frame Relay PVC comprises multiple segments.
                                                      • The DLCI value is local to each segment and is changed as traffic is switched from segment to segment. Two Frame Relay PVC segments exist in the figure; one is between PE1 and CE1 and the other is between PE2 and CE2.

                                                      The LMI protocol behavior depends on whether you have DLCI-to-DLCI or port-to-port connections.

                                                      DLCI-to-DLCI Connections

                                                      If you have DLCI-to-DLCI connections, LMI runs locally on the Frame Relay ports between the PE and CE devices:

                                                      • CE1 sends an active status to PE1 if the PVC for CE1 is available. If CE1 is a switch, LMI checks that the PVC is available from CE1 to the user device attached to CE1.
                                                      • PE1 sends an active status to CE1 if the following conditions are met:
                                                        • A PVC for PE1 is available.
                                                        • PE1 received an MPLS label from the remote PE router.
                                                        • An MPLS tunnel label exists between PE1 and the remote PE.

                                                      For DTE or DCE configurations, the following LMI behavior exists: The Frame Relay device accessing the network (DTE) does not report the PVC status. Only the network device (DCE) or NNI can report the status. Therefore, if a problem exists on the DTE side, the DCE is not aware of the problem.

                                                      Port-to-Port Connections

                                                      If you have port-to-port connections, the PE routers do not participate in the LMI status-checking procedures. LMI operates only between the CE routers. The CE routers must be configured as DCE-DTE or NNI-NNI.

                                                      For information about LMI, including configuration instructions, see the “Configuring the LMI” section of the Configuring Frame Relay document.

                                                      QoS Features Supported with AToM

                                                      For information about configuring QoS features on Cisco 12000 series routers, see the following feature module:

                                                      Any Transport over MPLS (AToM): Layer 2 QoS for the Cisco 12000 Series Router (Quality of Service)

                                                      The tables below list the QoS features supported by AToM on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

                                                      Table 3 QoS Features Supported with Ethernet over MPLS on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                      QoS Feature

                                                      Ethernet over MPLS

                                                      Service policy

                                                      Can be applied to:

                                                      • Interface (input and output)
                                                      • Subinterface (input and output)

                                                      Classification

                                                      Supports the following commands:

                                                      • match cos (on interfaces and subinterfaces)
                                                      • match mpls experimental (on interfaces and subinterfaces)
                                                      • match qos-group (on interfaces) (output policy)

                                                      Marking

                                                      Supports the following commands:

                                                      • set cos (output policy)
                                                      • set discard-class (input policy)
                                                      • set mpls experimental (input policy) (on interfaces and subinterfaces)
                                                      • set qos-group (input policy)

                                                      Policing

                                                      Supports the following:

                                                      • Single-rate policing
                                                      • Two-rate policing
                                                      • Color-aware policing
                                                      • Multiple-action policing

                                                      Queueing and shaping

                                                      Supports the following:

                                                      • Distributed Low Latency Queueing (dLLQ)
                                                      • Distributed Weighted Random Early Detection (dWRED)
                                                      • Byte-based WRED
                                                      Table 4 QoS Features Supported with Frame Relay over MPLS on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                      QoS Feature

                                                      Frame Relay over MPLS

                                                      Service policy

                                                      Can be applied to:

                                                      • Interface (input and output)
                                                      • PVC (input and output)

                                                      Classification

                                                      Supports the following commands:

                                                      • match fr-de (on interfaces and VCs)
                                                      • match fr-dlci (on interfaces)
                                                      • match qos-group

                                                      Marking

                                                      Supports the following commands:

                                                      • frame-relay congestion management (output)
                                                      • set discard-class
                                                      • set fr-de (output policy)
                                                      • set fr-fecn-becn (output)
                                                      • set mpls experimental
                                                      • set qos-group
                                                      • threshold ecn (output)

                                                      Policing

                                                      Supports the following:

                                                      • Single-rate policing
                                                      • Two-rate policing
                                                      • Color-aware policing
                                                      • Multiple-action policing

                                                      Queueing and shaping

                                                      Supports the following:

                                                      • dLLQ
                                                      • dWRED
                                                      • Distributed traffic shaping
                                                      • Distributed class-based weighted fair queueing (dCBWFQ)
                                                      • Byte-based WRED
                                                      • random-detect discard-class-based command
                                                      Table 5 QoS Features Supported with ATM Cell Relay and AAL5 over MPLS on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                      QoS Feature

                                                      ATM Cell Relay and AAL5 over MPLS

                                                      Service policy

                                                      Can be applied to:

                                                      • Interface (input and output)
                                                      • Subinterface (input and output)
                                                      • PVC (input and output)

                                                      Classification

                                                      Supports the following commands:

                                                      • match mpls experimental (on VCs)
                                                      • match qos-group (output)

                                                      Marking

                                                      Supports the following commands:

                                                      • random-detect discard-class-based (input)
                                                      • set clp (output) (on interfaces, subinterfaces, and VCs)
                                                      • set discard-class (input)
                                                      • set mpls experimental (input) (on interfaces, subinterfaces, and VCs)
                                                      • set qos-group (input)

                                                      Policing

                                                      Supports the following:

                                                      • Single-rate policing
                                                      • Two-rate policing
                                                      • Color-aware policing
                                                      • Multiple-action policing

                                                      Queueing and shaping

                                                      Supports the following:

                                                      • dLLQ
                                                      • dWRED
                                                      • dCBWFQ
                                                      • Byte-based WRED
                                                      • random-detect discard-class-based command
                                                      • Class-based shaping support on ATM PVCs

                                                      How to Configure Any Transport over MPLS

                                                      This section explains how to perform a basic AToM configuration and includes the following procedures:

                                                      Configuring the Pseudowire Class

                                                      The successful transmission of the Layer 2 frames between PE routers is due to the configuration of the PE routers. You set up the connection, called a pseudowire, between the routers.


                                                      Note


                                                      In simple configurations, this task is optional. You do not need to specify a pseudowire class if you specify the tunneling method as part of the xconnectcommand.


                                                      The pseudowire-class configuration group specifies the following characteristics of the tunneling mechanism:

                                                      • Encapsulation type
                                                      • Control protocol
                                                      • Payload-specific options

                                                      For more information about the pseudowire-classcommand, see the following feature module: Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3.

                                                      You must specify the encapsulation mplscommandas part of the pseudowire class or as part of the xconnect command for the AToM VCs to work properly. If you omit the encapsulation mplscommandas part of the xconnectcommand, you will receive the following error:

                                                      % Incomplete command.
                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                        1.    enable

                                                        2.    configure terminal

                                                        3.    pseudowire-class name

                                                        4.    encapsulation mpls

                                                        5.    end


                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                         Command or ActionPurpose
                                                        Step 1 enable


                                                        Example:
                                                        Router> enable
                                                         

                                                        Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                        • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                         
                                                        Step 2 configure terminal


                                                        Example:
                                                        Router# configure terminal
                                                         

                                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                                         
                                                        Step 3 pseudowire-class name


                                                        Example:
                                                        Router(config)# pseudowire-class atom
                                                         

                                                        Establishes a pseudowire class with a name that you specify and enters pseudowire class configuration mode.

                                                         
                                                        Step 4 encapsulation mpls


                                                        Example:
                                                        Router(config-pw-class)# encapsulation mpls 
                                                         

                                                        Specifies the tunneling encapsulation.

                                                         
                                                        Step 5 end


                                                        Example:
                                                        Router(config-pw-class)# end
                                                         

                                                        Exits pseudowire class configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                         
                                                        What to Do Next

                                                        To change the type of encapsulation, remove the pseudowire with the no pseudowire-class command, reestablish the pseudowire, and specify the new encapsulation type.

                                                        Once you specify the encapsulation mpls command, you can neither remove it using the no encapsulation mplscommand nor change the command setting using the encapsulation l2tpv3 command. If you try to remove or change the encapsulation type using the above-mentioned commands, you will get the following error message:

                                                        Encapsulation changes are not allowed on an existing pw-class.
                                                        

                                                        To remove a pseudowire, use the clear xconnect command in privileged EXEC mode. You can remove all pseudowires or specific pseudowires on an interface or peer router.

                                                        Configuring ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

                                                        ATM AAL5 over MPLS for PVCs encapsulates ATM AAL5 service data unit (SDUs) in MPLS packets and forwards them across the MPLS network. Each ATM AAL5 SDU is transported as a single packet.


                                                        Note


                                                        AAL5 over MPLS is supported only in SDU mode.

                                                        >
                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                          1.    enable

                                                          2.    configure terminal

                                                          3.    interface typeslot/port

                                                          4.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                                                          5.    encapsulation aal5

                                                          6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                          7.    exit

                                                          8.    exit

                                                          9.    exit

                                                          10.    show mpls l2transport vc


                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                           Command or ActionPurpose
                                                          Step 1 enable


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router> enable
                                                           

                                                          Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                          • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                           
                                                          Step 2 configure terminal


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router# configure terminal
                                                           

                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                           
                                                          Step 3 interface typeslot/port


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                           

                                                          Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                           
                                                          Step 4 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                           

                                                          Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                          • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                           
                                                          Step 5 encapsulation aal5


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal5
                                                           

                                                          Specifies the ATM ALL5 encapsulation for the PVC.

                                                          • Make sure that you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
                                                           
                                                          Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                           

                                                          Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                           
                                                          Step 7 exit


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
                                                           

                                                          Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                           
                                                          Step 8 exit


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router(config-if)# exit
                                                           

                                                          Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                           
                                                          Step 9 exit


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router(config)# exit
                                                           

                                                          Exits global configuration mode.

                                                           
                                                          Step 10 show mpls l2transport vc


                                                          Example:
                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                                                           

                                                          Displays output that shows ATM AAL5 over MPLS is configured on a PVC.

                                                           

                                                          Examples

                                                          The following is sample output from the show mpls l2transport vccommand, which shows that ATM AAL5 over MPLS is configured on a PVC:

                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                                                          Local intf   Local circuit          Dest address      VC ID      Status
                                                          ---------    -------------          ------------      -----      ------
                                                          ATM1/0       ATM AAL5 1/100         10.4.4.4           100        UP

                                                          Configuring ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                          You can create a VC class that specifies the AAL5 encapsulation and then attach the encapsulation type to an interface, subinterface, or PVC. The following task creates a VC class and attaches it to a main interface.


                                                          Note


                                                          AAL5 over MPLS is supported only in SDU mode.

                                                          >
                                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                                            1.    enable

                                                            2.    configure terminal

                                                            3.    vc-class atm vc-class-name

                                                            4.    encapsulation layer-type

                                                            5.    exit

                                                            6.    interface typeslot/port

                                                            7.    class-int vc-class-name

                                                            8.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                                                            9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                            10.    exit

                                                            11.    exit

                                                            12.    exit

                                                            13.    show atm class-links


                                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                                             Command or ActionPurpose
                                                            Step 1 enable


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router> enable
                                                             

                                                            Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                            • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                             
                                                            Step 2 configure terminal


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router# configure terminal
                                                             

                                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 3 vc-class atm vc-class-name


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config)# vc-class atm aal5class
                                                             

                                                            Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal5
                                                             

                                                            Configures AAL and the encapsulation type.

                                                             
                                                            Step 5 exit


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config-vc-class)# exit
                                                             

                                                            Exits VC class configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 6 interface typeslot/port


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                             

                                                            Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 7 class-int vc-class-name


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config-if)# class-int aal5class
                                                             

                                                            Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

                                                            Note   

                                                            You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

                                                             
                                                            Step 8 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                             

                                                            Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                            • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                             
                                                            Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                             

                                                            Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                             
                                                            Step 10 exit


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
                                                             

                                                            Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 11 exit


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config-if)# exit
                                                             

                                                            Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 12 exit


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router(config)# exit
                                                             

                                                            Exits global configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 13 show atm class-links


                                                            Example:
                                                            Router# show atm class-links
                                                             

                                                            Shows the type of encapsulation and that the VC class was applied to an interface.

                                                             

                                                            Examples

                                                            In the following example, the command output of the show atm class-linkscommand verifies that ATM AAL5 over MPLS is configured as part of a VC class. The command output shows the type of encapsulation and that the VC class was applied to an interface.

                                                            Router# show atm class-links 1/100
                                                            Displaying vc-class inheritance for ATM1/
                                                            0.0, vc 1/
                                                            100:
                                                            no broadcast - Not configured - using default
                                                            encapsulation aal5 - VC-class configured on main interface

                                                            Configuring OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS

                                                            If a PE router does not support the transport of Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cells across a label switched path (LSP), you can use OAM cell emulation to locally terminate or loop back the OAM cells. You configure OAM cell emulation on both PE routers, which emulates a VC by forming two unidirectional LSPs. You use the oam-ac emulation-enableand oam-pvc managecommands on both PE routers to enable OAM cell emulation.

                                                            After you enable OAM cell emulation on a router, you can configure and manage the ATM VC in the same manner as you would a terminated VC. A VC that has been configured with OAM cell emulation can send loopback cells at configured intervals toward the local CE router. The endpoint can be either of the following:

                                                            • End-to-end loopback, which sends OAM cells to the local CE router.
                                                            • Segment loopback, which responds to OAM cells to a device along the path between the PE and CE routers.

                                                            The OAM cells include the following cells:

                                                            • Alarm indication signal (AIS)
                                                            • Remote defect indication (RDI)

                                                            These cells identify and report defects along a VC. When a physical link or interface failure occurs, intermediate nodes insert OAM AIS cells into all the downstream devices affected by the failure. When a router receives an AIS cell, it marks the ATM VC down and sends an RDI cell to let the remote end know about the failure.

                                                            This section contains two tasks:

                                                            Configuring OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

                                                            Perform this task to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS on a PVC.


                                                            Note


                                                            For AAL5 over MPLS, you can configure the oam-pvc managecommandonly after you issue the oam-ac emulation-enable command.


                                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                                              1.    enable

                                                              2.    configure terminal

                                                              3.    interface typeslot /port

                                                              4.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                                                              5.    encapsulation aal5

                                                              6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                              7.    oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]

                                                              8.    oam-pvc manage [frequency]

                                                              9.    exit

                                                              10.    exit

                                                              11.    exit

                                                              12.    show atm pvc


                                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                               Command or ActionPurpose
                                                              Step 1 enable


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router> enable
                                                               

                                                              Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                              • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                               
                                                              Step 2 configure terminal


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router# configure terminal
                                                               

                                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                                               
                                                              Step 3 interface typeslot /port


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                               

                                                              Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                               
                                                              Step 4 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                               

                                                              Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                              • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                               
                                                              Step 5 encapsulation aal5


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal5
                                                               

                                                              Specifies ATM AAL5 encapsulation for the PVC.

                                                              • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
                                                               
                                                              Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                               

                                                              Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                               
                                                              Step 7 oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                               

                                                              Enables OAM cell emulation for AAL5 over MPLS.

                                                              • The ais-rate argument lets you specify the rate at which AIS cells are sent. The default is one cell every second. The range is 0 to 60 seconds.
                                                               
                                                              Step 8 oam-pvc manage [frequency]


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# oam-pvc manage
                                                               

                                                              Enables the PVC to generate end-to-end OAM loopback cells that verify connectivity on the virtual circuit.

                                                              • The optional frequency argument is the interval between transmission of loopback cells and ranges from 0 to 600 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
                                                               
                                                              Step 9 exit


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
                                                               

                                                              Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                               
                                                              Step 10 exit


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config-if)# exit
                                                               

                                                              Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                               
                                                              Step 11 exit


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router(config)# exit
                                                               

                                                              Exits global configuration mode.

                                                               
                                                              Step 12 show atm pvc


                                                              Example:
                                                              Router# show atm pvc
                                                               

                                                              Displays output that shows OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM PVC.

                                                               
                                                              Examples

                                                              The output of the show atm pvc command in the following example shows that OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM PVC:

                                                              Router# show atm pvc 5/500
                                                              ATM4/1/0.200: VCD: 6, VPI: 5, VCI: 500                    
                                                              UBR, PeakRate: 1                                         
                                                              AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x34000C20, VCmode: 0x0 
                                                              OAM Cell Emulation: enabled, F5 End2end AIS Xmit frequency: 1 second(s) 
                                                              OAM frequency: 0 second(s), OAM retry frequency: 1 second(s)
                                                              OAM up retry count: 3, OAM down retry count: 5
                                                              OAM Loopback status: OAM Disabled
                                                              OAM VC state: Not ManagedVerified
                                                              ILMI VC state: Not Managed
                                                              InPkts: 564, OutPkts: 560, InBytes: 19792, OutBytes: 19680
                                                              InPRoc: 0, OutPRoc: 0
                                                              InFast: 4, OutFast: 0, InAS: 560, OutAS: 560
                                                              InPktDrops: 0, OutPktDrops: 0
                                                              CrcErrors: 0, SarTimeOuts: 0, OverSizedSDUs: 0
                                                              Out CLP=1 Pkts: 0
                                                              OAM cells received: 26
                                                              F5 InEndloop: 0, F5 InSegloop: 0, F5 InAIS: 0, F5 InRDI: 26
                                                              OAM cells sent: 77
                                                              F5 OutEndloop: 0, F5 OutSegloop: 0, F5 OutAIS: 77, F5 OutRDI: 0 
                                                              OAM cell drops: 0
                                                              Status: UP

                                                              Configuring OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                              The following steps explain how to configure OAM cell emulation as part of a VC class. You can then apply the VC class to an interface, a subinterface, or a VC. When you configure OAM cell emulation in VC class configuration mode and then apply the VC class to an interface, the settings in the VC class apply to all the VCs on the interface, unless you specify a different OAM cell emulation value at a lower level, such as the subinterface or VC level. For example, you can create a VC class that specifies OAM cell emulation and sets the rate of AIS cells to every 30 seconds. You can apply the VC class to an interface. Then, for one PVC, you can enable OAM cell emulation and set the rate of AIS cells to every 15 seconds. All the PVCs on the interface use the cell rate of 30 seconds, except for the one PVC that was set to 15 seconds.

                                                              Perform this task to enable OAM cell emulation as part of a VC class and apply it to an interface.


                                                              Note


                                                              For AAL5 over MPLS, you can configure the oam-pvc managecommand only after you issue the oam-ac emulation-enable command.


                                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                1.    enable

                                                                2.    configure terminal

                                                                3.    vc-class atm name

                                                                4.    encapsulation layer-type

                                                                5.    oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]

                                                                6.    oam-pvc manage [frequency]

                                                                7.    exit

                                                                8.    interface typeslot/port

                                                                9.    class-int vc-class-name

                                                                10.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                                                                11.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                12.    end


                                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                                 Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                Step 1 enable


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router> enable
                                                                 

                                                                Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                 
                                                                Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router# configure terminal
                                                                 

                                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 3 vc-class atm name


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config)# vc-class atm oamclass
                                                                 

                                                                Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal5
                                                                 

                                                                Configures the AAL and encapsulation type.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 5 oam-ac emulation-enable [ais-rate]


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-vc-class)# oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                                 

                                                                Enables OAM cell emulation for AAL5 over MPLS.

                                                                • The ais-rate argument lets you specify the rate at which AIS cells are sent. The default is one cell every second. The range is 0 to 60 seconds.
                                                                 
                                                                Step 6 oam-pvc manage [frequency]


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-vc-class)# oam-pvc manage
                                                                 

                                                                Enables the PVC to generate end-to-end OAM loopback cells that verify connectivity on the virtual circuit.

                                                                • The optional frequency argument is the interval between transmission of loopback cells and ranges from 0 to 600 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
                                                                 
                                                                Step 7 exit


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-vc-class)# exit
                                                                 

                                                                Exits VC class configuration mode.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 8 interface typeslot/port


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                 

                                                                Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 9 class-int vc-class-name


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-if)# class-int oamclass
                                                                 

                                                                Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

                                                                Note   

                                                                You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 10 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                 

                                                                Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                                • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                                 
                                                                Step 11 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                 

                                                                Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 12 end


                                                                Example:
                                                                Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                                                 

                                                                Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                 

                                                                Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode

                                                                Perform this task to configure ATM cell relay on the permanent virtual circuits.

                                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                  1.    enable

                                                                  2.    configure terminal

                                                                  3.    interface atm slot /port

                                                                  4.    pvc vpi/vci l2transport

                                                                  5.    encapsulation aal0

                                                                  6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                  7.    exit

                                                                  8.    exit

                                                                  9.    exit

                                                                  10.    show atm vc


                                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                                   Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                  Step 1 enable


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router> enable
                                                                   

                                                                  Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                  • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                   
                                                                  Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router# configure terminal
                                                                   

                                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                   

                                                                  Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 4 pvc vpi/vci l2transport


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router(config-if)# pvc 0/100 l2transport
                                                                   

                                                                  Assigns a virtual path identifier (VPI) and virtual circuit identifier (VCI) and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                                  • The l2transportkeyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                                   
                                                                  Step 5 encapsulation aal0


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal0
                                                                   

                                                                  For ATM cell relay, specifies raw cell encapsulation for the interface.

                                                                  • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
                                                                   
                                                                  Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                   

                                                                  Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 7 exit


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# exit
                                                                   

                                                                  Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 8 exit


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router(config-if)# exit
                                                                   

                                                                  Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 9 exit


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router(config)# exit
                                                                   

                                                                  Exits global configuration mode.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 10 show atm vc


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  Router# show atm vc
                                                                   

                                                                  Verifies that OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM VC.

                                                                   

                                                                  Examples

                                                                  The output of the show atm vc command shows that the interface is configured for VC mode cell relay:

                                                                  Router# show atm vc 7
                                                                  ATM3/0: VCD: 7, VPI: 23, VCI: 100
                                                                  UBR, PeakRate: 149760
                                                                  AAL0-Cell Relay, etype:0x10, Flags: 0x10000C2D, VCmode: 0x0
                                                                  OAM Cell Emulation: not configured
                                                                  InBytes: 0, OutBytes: 0
                                                                  Status: UP

                                                                  Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                                  You can create a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and then attach the VC class to an interface, subinterface, or VC. The following task creates a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and attaches it to a main interface.


                                                                  Note


                                                                  You can configure VC class configuration mode only in VC mode. VC class configuration mode is not supported on VP or port mode.


                                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                    1.    enable

                                                                    2.    configure terminal

                                                                    3.    vc-class atm name

                                                                    4.    encapsulation layer-type

                                                                    5.    exit

                                                                    6.    interface typeslot /port

                                                                    7.    class-int vc-class-name

                                                                    8.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                                                                    9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                    10.    end


                                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                                     Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                    Step 1 enable


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router> enable
                                                                     

                                                                    Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                    • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                     
                                                                    Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router# configure terminal
                                                                     

                                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 3 vc-class atm name


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config)# vc-class atm cellrelay
                                                                     

                                                                    Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal0
                                                                     

                                                                    Configures the AAL and encapsulation type.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 5 exit


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config-vc-class)# exit
                                                                     

                                                                    Exits VC class configuration mode.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 6 interface typeslot /port


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                     

                                                                    Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 7 class-int vc-class-name


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config-if)# class-int cellrelay
                                                                     

                                                                    Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

                                                                    Note   

                                                                    You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 8 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                     

                                                                    Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                                    • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                                     
                                                                    Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                     

                                                                    Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 10 end


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                                                     

                                                                    Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                     

                                                                    Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in PVP Mode

                                                                    VP mode allows cells coming into a predefined PVP on the ATM interface to be transported over the MPLS backbone to a predefined PVP on the egress ATM interface. You can use VP mode to send single cells or packed cells over the MPLS backbone.

                                                                    To configure VP mode, you must specify the following:

                                                                    • The VP for transporting cell relay cells.
                                                                    • The IP address of the peer PE router and the VC ID.

                                                                    When configuring ATM cell relay over MPLS in VP mode, use the following guidelines:

                                                                    • You do not need to enter the encapsulation aal0 command in VP mode.
                                                                    • One ATM interface can accommodate multiple types of ATM connections. VP cell relay, VC cell relay, and ATM AAL5 over MPLS can coexist on one ATM interface. On the Cisco 12000 series router, this is true only on the engine 0 ATM line cards.
                                                                    • If a VPI is configured for VP cell relay, you cannot configure a PVC using the same VPI.
                                                                    • VP trunking (mapping multiple VPs to one emulated VC label) is not supported. Each VP is mapped to one emulated VC.
                                                                    • Each VP is associated with one unique emulated VC ID. The AToM emulated VC type is ATM VP cell transport.
                                                                    • The AToM control word is supported. However, if a peer PE does not support the control word, it is disabled. This negotiation is done by LDP label binding.
                                                                    • VP mode (and VC mode) drop idle cells.

                                                                    Perform this task to configure ATM cell relay in PVP mode.

                                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                      1.    enable

                                                                      2.    configure terminal

                                                                      3.    interface atm slot /port

                                                                      4.    atm pvp vpi l2transport

                                                                      5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                      6.    exit

                                                                      7.    exit

                                                                      8.    exit

                                                                      9.    show atm vp


                                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                                       Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                      Step 1 enable


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router> enable
                                                                       

                                                                      Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                      • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                       
                                                                      Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router# configure terminal
                                                                       

                                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                       

                                                                      Defines the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 4 atm pvp vpi l2transport


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router(config-if)# atm pvp 1 l2transport
                                                                       

                                                                      Specifies that the PVP is dedicated to transporting ATM cells and enters L2transport PVP configuration mode.

                                                                      • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVP is for cell relay. This mode is for Layer 2 transport only; it is not for regular PVPs.
                                                                       
                                                                      Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvp)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls 
                                                                       

                                                                      Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                      • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                                                       
                                                                      Step 6 exit


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvP)# exit
                                                                       

                                                                      Exits L2 transport PVP configuration mode.

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 7 exit


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router(config-if)# exit
                                                                       

                                                                      Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 8 exit


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router(config)# exit
                                                                       

                                                                      Exits global configuration mode.

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 9 show atm vp


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      Router# show atm vp
                                                                       

                                                                      Displays output that shows OAM cell emulation is enabled on the ATM VP.

                                                                       

                                                                      Examples

                                                                      The following show atm vp command in the following example shows that the interface is configured for VP mode cell relay:

                                                                      Router# show atm vp 1
                                                                      ATM5/0  VPI: 1, Cell Relay, PeakRate: 149760, CesRate: 0, DataVCs: 1, CesVCs: 0, Status: ACTIVE
                                                                        VCD    VCI   Type   InPkts   OutPkts   AAL/Encap     Status
                                                                        6      3     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                                                                        7      4     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                                                                      TotalInPkts: 0, TotalOutPkts: 0, TotalInFast: 0, TotalOutFast: 0,
                                                                      TotalBroadcasts: 0 TotalInPktDrops: 0, TotalOutPktDrops: 0

                                                                      Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                                      Port mode cell relay allows cells coming into an ATM interface to be packed into an MPLS packet and transported over the MPLS backbone to an egress ATM interface.

                                                                      To configure port mode, issue the xconnect command from an ATM main interface and specify the destination address and the VC ID. The syntax of the xconnect command is the same as for all other transport types. Each ATM port is associated with one unique pseudowire VC label.

                                                                      When configuring ATM cell relay over MPLS in port mode, use the following guidelines:

                                                                      • The pseudowire VC type is set to ATM transparent cell transport (AAL0).
                                                                      • The AToM control word is supported. However, if the peer PE does not support a control word, the control word is disabled. This negotiation is done by LDP label binding.

                                                                      Note


                                                                      The AToM control word is not supported for port mode cell relay on Cisco 7600 series routers.


                                                                      • Port mode and VP and VC mode are mutually exclusive. If you enable an ATM main interface for cell relay, you cannot enter any PVP or PVC commands.
                                                                      • If the pseudowire VC label is withdrawn due to an MPLS core network failure, the PE router sends a line AIS to the CE router.
                                                                      • For the Cisco 7600 series routers, you must specify the interface ATM slot, bay, and port for the SIP400 or SIP200.
                                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                        1.    enable

                                                                        2.    configure terminal

                                                                        3.    interface atm slot /port

                                                                        4.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                        5.    exit

                                                                        6.    exit

                                                                        7.    show atm route

                                                                        8.    show mpls l2transport vc


                                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                                         Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                        Step 1 enable


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router> enable
                                                                         

                                                                        Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                        • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                         
                                                                        Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router# configure terminal
                                                                         

                                                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        or interface atm slot/bay/port


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router(config)# interface atm1/0


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        or 


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router(config)# interface atm4/3/0 
                                                                         

                                                                        Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                        • For the Cisco 7600 series routers, you must specify the interface ATM slot, bay, and port for the SIP400 or SIP200. In the example the slot is 4, the bay is 3, and the port is 0.
                                                                         
                                                                        Step 4 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                         

                                                                        Binds the attachment circuit to the interface.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 5 exit


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router(config-if)# exit
                                                                         

                                                                        Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 6 exit


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router(config)# exit
                                                                         

                                                                        Exits global configuration mode.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 7 show atm route


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router# show atm route
                                                                         

                                                                        Displays output that shows ATM cell relay in port mode has been enabled.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 8 show mpls l2transport vc


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                                                                         

                                                                        Displays the attachment circuit and the interface.

                                                                         

                                                                        Examples

                                                                        The show atm route command in the following example displays port mode cell relay state. The following example shows that atm interface 1/0 is for cell relay, the VC ID is 123 and the tunnel is down.

                                                                        Router# show atm route
                                                                        Input Intf        Output Intf     Output VC       Status
                                                                        ATM1/0            ATOM Tunnel     123             DOWN
                                                                        

                                                                        The show mpls l2transport vc command in the following example also shows configuration information:

                                                                        Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                                                                        Local intf     Local circuit        Dest address    VC ID      Status    
                                                                        -------------  -------------------- --------------- ---------- ----------
                                                                        AT1/0          ATM CELL ATM1/0      10.1.1.121     1121       UP      
                                                                        

                                                                        Troubleshooting Tips

                                                                        The debug atm l2transport and debug mpls l2transport vcdisplay troubleshooting information.

                                                                        Configuring ATM Single Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                                        The single cell relay feature allows you to insert one ATM cell in each MPLS packet. You can use single cell relay in both VP and VC mode. The configuration steps show how to configure single cell relay in VC mode. For VP mode, see the Configuring ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in PVP Mode.

                                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                          1.    enable

                                                                          2.    configure terminal

                                                                          3.    interface atm slot/port

                                                                          4.    pvc vpi/vci l2transport

                                                                          5.    encapsulation aal0

                                                                          6.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                          7.    end


                                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                                           Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                          Step 1 enable


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          Router> enable
                                                                           

                                                                          Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                          • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                           
                                                                          Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          Router# configure terminal
                                                                           

                                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                           
                                                                          Step 3 interface atm slot/port


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                           

                                                                          Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                           
                                                                          Step 4 pvc vpi/vci l2transport


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          Router(config-if)# pvc 1/100 l2transport
                                                                           

                                                                          Assigns a VPI and VCI and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                                          • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                                           
                                                                          Step 5 encapsulation aal0


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal0
                                                                           

                                                                          Specifies raw cell encapsulation for the interface.

                                                                          • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE and CE routers.
                                                                           
                                                                          Step 6 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                           

                                                                          Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                           
                                                                          Step 7 end


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                                                           

                                                                          Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                           

                                                                          Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                                          The packed cell relay feature allows you to insert multiple concatenated ATM cells in an MPLS packet. The packed cell relay feature is more efficient than single cell relay, because each ATM cell is 52 bytes, and each AToM packet is at least 64 bytes.

                                                                          At a high level, packed cell relay configuration consists of the following steps:

                                                                          1. You specify the amount of time a PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. You can set up three timers by default with different amounts of time attributed to each timer.
                                                                          2. You enable packed cell relay, specify how many cells should be packed into each MPLS packet, and choose which timer to use during the cell packing process.

                                                                          Restrictions

                                                                          • The cell-packingcommand is available only if you use AAL0 encapsulation in VC mode. If the command is configured with ATM AAL5 encapsulation, the command is not valid.
                                                                          • Only cells from the same VC, VP, or port can be packed into one MPLS packet. Cells from different connections cannot be concatenated into the same MPLS packet.
                                                                          • When you change, enable, or disable the cell-packing attributes, the ATM VC, VP, or port and the MPLS emulated VC are reestablished.
                                                                          • If a PE router does not support packed cell relay, the PE router sends only one cell per MPLS packet.
                                                                          • The number of packed cells does not need to match between the PE routers. The two PE routers agree on the lower of the two values. For example, if PE1 is allowed to pack 10 cells per MPLS packet and PE2 is allowed to pack 20 cells per MPLS packet, the two PE routers would agree to send no more than 10 cells per packet.
                                                                          • If the number of cells packed by the peer PE router exceeds the limit, the packet is dropped.
                                                                          • Issue the atm mcpt-timerscommand on an ATM interface before issuing the cell-packingcommand.

                                                                          See the following sections for configuration information:

                                                                          Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode

                                                                          Perform this task to configure the ATM packed cell relay over MPLS feature in VC mode.

                                                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                            1.    enable

                                                                            2.    configure terminal

                                                                            3.    interface atm slot /port

                                                                            4.    shutdown

                                                                            5.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                                                                            6.    no shutdown

                                                                            7.    pvc vpi/vci l2transport

                                                                            8.    encapsulation aal0

                                                                            9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                            10.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                                                                            11.    end


                                                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                                                             Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                            Step 1 enable


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router> enable
                                                                             

                                                                            Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                            • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                             
                                                                            Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router# configure terminal
                                                                             

                                                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                             

                                                                            Defines the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 4 shutdown


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if)# shutdown
                                                                             

                                                                            Shuts down the interface.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 5 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                                    
                                                                             

                                                                            Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                                                                            • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the maximum cell-packing timeout (MCPT). This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                                                                            • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                              • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                                                                              • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                                                                              • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                                                                            • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                                                                            • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                              • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                              • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                              • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                             
                                                                            Step 6 no shutdown


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                                                                             

                                                                            Enables the interface.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 7 pvc vpi/vci l2transport


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if)# pvc 1/100 l2transport
                                                                             

                                                                            Assigns a VPI and VCI and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                                            • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                                             
                                                                            Step 8 encapsulation aal0


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# encapsulation aal0
                                                                             

                                                                            Specifies raw cell encapsulation for the interface.

                                                                            • Make sure you specify the same encapsulation type on the PE routers.
                                                                             
                                                                            Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls 
                                                                             

                                                                            Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 10 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                                    
                                                                             

                                                                            Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                                                                            • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                                                                            • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                                                                            • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                                                                             
                                                                            Step 11 end


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                                                             

                                                                            Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                             

                                                                            Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                                            You can create a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and the cell packing parameters and then attach the VC class to an interface, subinterface, or VC. The following task creates a VC class that specifies the ATM cell relay encapsulation and cell packing and attaches it to a main interface.


                                                                            Note


                                                                            You can configure VC class configuration mode only in VC mode. VC class configuration mode is not supported on VP or port mode.


                                                                            When you configure cell packing in VC class configuration mode and then apply the VC class to an interface, the settings in the VC class apply to all the VCs on the interface, unless you specify a different cell packing value at a lower level, such as the subinterface or VC level. For example, you can create a VC class that specifies three cells to be packed. You can apply the VC class to an interface. Then, for one PVC, you can specify two cells to be packed. All the PVCs on the interface pack three cells, except for the one PVC that was set to set two cells.

                                                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                              1.    enable

                                                                              2.    configure terminal

                                                                              3.    vc-class atm name

                                                                              4.    encapsulation layer-type

                                                                              5.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                                                                              6.    exit

                                                                              7.    interface typeslot /port

                                                                              8.    shutdown

                                                                              9.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                                                                              10.    no shutdown

                                                                              11.    class-int vc-class-name

                                                                              12.    pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport

                                                                              13.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                              14.    end


                                                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                                               Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                              Step 1 enable


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router> enable
                                                                               

                                                                              Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                              • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                               
                                                                              Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router# configure terminal
                                                                               

                                                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 3 vc-class atm name


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config)# vc-class atm cellpacking
                                                                               

                                                                              Creates a VC class and enters VC class configuration mode.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 4 encapsulation layer-type


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-vc-class)# encapsulation aal0
                                                                               

                                                                              Configures the AAL and encapsulation type.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 5 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-vc-class)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                                      
                                                                               

                                                                              Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                                                                              • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                                                                              • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                                                                              • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                                                                               
                                                                              Step 6 exit


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-vc-class)# exit
                                                                               

                                                                              Exits VC class configuration mode.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 7 interface typeslot /port


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                               

                                                                              Specifies the interface by type, slot, and port number, and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 8 shutdown


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-if)# shutdown
                                                                               

                                                                              Shuts down the interface.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 9 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                                      
                                                                               

                                                                              Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                                                                              • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the MCPT. This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                                                                              • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                                • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                                                                                • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                                                                                • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                                                                              • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                                                                              • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                                • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                               
                                                                              Step 10 no shutdown


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                                                                               

                                                                              Enables the interface.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 11 class-int vc-class-name


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-if)# class-int cellpacking
                                                                               

                                                                              Applies a VC class to the ATM main interface or subinterface.

                                                                              Note   

                                                                              You can also apply a VC class to a PVC.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 12 pvc [name] vpi/vci l2transport


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-if)# pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                               

                                                                              Creates or assigns a name to an ATM PVC and enters L2transport PVC configuration mode.

                                                                              • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVC is a switched PVC instead of a terminated PVC.
                                                                               
                                                                              Step 13 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                               

                                                                              Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 14 end


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                                                               

                                                                              Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                               

                                                                              Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VP Mode

                                                                              Perform this task to configure the ATM cell-packing feature in VP mode.

                                                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                1.    enable

                                                                                2.    configure terminal

                                                                                3.    interface atm slot /port

                                                                                4.    shutdown

                                                                                5.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                                                                                6.    no shutdown

                                                                                7.    atm pvp vpi l2transport

                                                                                8.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                9.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                                                                                10.    end


                                                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                 Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                Step 1 enable


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router> enable
                                                                                 

                                                                                Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router# configure terminal
                                                                                 

                                                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                                 

                                                                                Defines the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 4 shutdown


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(config-if)# shutdown
                                                                                 

                                                                                Shuts down the interface.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 5 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                        
                                                                                 

                                                                                Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                                                                                • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the MCPT. This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                                                                                • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                                  • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                                                                                  • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                                                                                  • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                                                                                • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                                                                                • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                                  • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                  • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                  • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 6 no shutdown


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                                                                                 

                                                                                Enables the interface.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 7 atm pvp vpi l2transport


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(config-if)# atm pvp 1 l2transport
                                                                                 

                                                                                Specifies that the PVP is dedicated to transporting ATM cells and enters L2transport PVP configuration mode.

                                                                                • The l2transport keyword indicates that the PVP is for cell relay. This mode is for Layer 2 transport only; it is not for regular PVPs.
                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 8 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(cfg-if-atm-l2trans-pvp)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls 
                                                                                 

                                                                                Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                                • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 9 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(cfg-if-atm-l2trans-pvp)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                        
                                                                                 

                                                                                Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                                                                                • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                                                                                • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                                                                                • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 10 end


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                                                                 

                                                                                Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                 

                                                                                Configuring ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                                                Perform this task to configure ATM packed cell relay over MPLS in port mode.

                                                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                  1.    enable

                                                                                  2.    configure terminal

                                                                                  3.    interface atm slot /port

                                                                                  4.    shutdown

                                                                                  5.    atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]

                                                                                  6.    no shutdown

                                                                                  7.    cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer

                                                                                  8.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                  9.    exit

                                                                                  10.    exit

                                                                                  11.    show atm cell-packing

                                                                                  12.    show atm vp


                                                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                   Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                  Step 1 enable


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router> enable
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                  • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router# configure terminal
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 3 interface atm slot /port


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config)# interface atm1/0
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 4 shutdown


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config-if)# shutdown
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Shuts down the interface.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 5 atm mcpt-timers [timer1-timeout timer2-timeout timer3-timeout]


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config-if)# atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Sets up the cell-packing timers, which specify how long the PE router can wait for cells to be packed into an MPLS packet.

                                                                                  • You can set up to three timers. For each timer, you specify the MCPT. This value gives the cell-packing function a limited amount of time to complete. If the timer expires before the maximum number of cells are packed into an AToM packet, the packet is sent anyway. The timeout’s default and range of acceptable values depends on the ATM link speed.
                                                                                  • The respective default values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                                    • OC-3: 30, 60, and 90 microseconds
                                                                                    • T3: 100, 200, and 300 microseconds
                                                                                    • E3: 130, 260, and 390 microseconds
                                                                                  • You can specify either the number of microseconds or use the default.
                                                                                  • The respective range of values for the PA-A3 port adapters are:
                                                                                    • OC-3: 10 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                    • T3: 30 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                    • E3: 40 to 4095 microseconds
                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 6 no shutdown


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config-if)# no shutdown
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Enables the interface.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 7 cell-packing cells mcpt-timer timer


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config-if)# cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  
                                                                                   
                                                                                  		  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Enables cell packing and specifies the cell-packing parameters.

                                                                                  • The cellsargument represents the maximum number of cells to be packed into an MPLS packet. The range is from 2 to the MTU of the interface divided by 52. The default is MTU/52.
                                                                                  • The timerargument allows you to specify which timer to use. The default is timer 1.
                                                                                  • See the cell-packing command page for more information.
                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 8 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Binds the attachment circuit to the interface.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 9 exit


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config-if)# exit
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 10 exit


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router(config)# exit
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Exits global configuration mode.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 11 show atm cell-packing


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router# show atm cell-packing
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Displays cell-packing statistics.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 12 show atm vp


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  Router# show atm vp
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Displays cell-packing information.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Examples

                                                                                  The show atm cell-packing command in the following example displays the following statistics:

                                                                                  • The number of cells that are to be packed into an MPLS packet on the local and peer routers
                                                                                  • The average number of cells sent and received
                                                                                  • The timer values associated with the local router
                                                                                  Router# show atm cell-packing
                                                                                                           average                 average 
                                                                                          circuit  local  nbr of cells    peer    nbr of cells    MCPT
                                                                                          type     MNCP   rcvd in one pkt MNCP    sent in one pkt (us)
                                                                                  ==============================================================================
                                                                                  atm 1/0 vc 1/200  20    15              30              20       60      
                                                                                  atm 1/0 vp 2      25    21              30              24      100
                                                                                  

                                                                                  The show atm vp command in the following example displays the cell packing information at the end of the output:

                                                                                  Router# show atm vp 12
                                                                                  ATM5/0  VPI: 12, Cell Relay, PeakRate: 149760, CesRate: 0, DataVCs: 1, CesVCs: 0, Status: ACTIVE
                                                                                    VCD    VCI   Type   InPkts   OutPkts   AAL/Encap     Status
                                                                                    6      3     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                                                                                    7      4     PVC    0        0         F4 OAM        ACTIVE  
                                                                                  TotalInPkts: 0, TotalOutPkts: 0, TotalInFast: 0, TotalOutFast: 0,
                                                                                  TotalBroadcasts: 0 TotalInPktDrops: 0, TotalOutPktDrops: 0
                                                                                  Local MNCP: 5, average number of cells received: 3
                                                                                  Peer MNCP: 1, average number of cells sent: 1
                                                                                  Local MCPT: 100 us

                                                                                  Troubleshooting Tips

                                                                                  To debug ATM cell packing, issue the debug atm cell-packing command.

                                                                                  Configuring Ethernet over MPLS in VLAN Mode

                                                                                  A VLAN is a switched network that is logically segmented by functions, project teams, or applications regardless of the physical location of users. Ethernet over MPLS allows you to connect two VLAN networks that are in different locations. You configure the PE routers at each end of the MPLS backbone and add a point-to-point VC. Only the two PE routers at the ingress and egress points of the MPLS backbone know about the VCs dedicated to transporting Layer 2 VLAN traffic. All other routers do not have table entries for those VCs. Ethernet over MPLS in VLAN mode transports Ethernet traffic from a source 802.1Q VLAN to a destination 802.1Q VLAN over a core MPLS network.


                                                                                  Note


                                                                                  You must configure Ethernet over MPLS (VLAN mode) on the subinterfaces.


                                                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                    1.    enable

                                                                                    2.    configure terminal

                                                                                    3.    interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface

                                                                                    4.    encapsulation dot1q vlan-id

                                                                                    5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                    6.    end


                                                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                     Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                    Step 1 enable


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    Router> enable
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                    • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    Router# configure terminal
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0.1
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet subinterface and enters subinterface configuration mode.

                                                                                    • Make sure the subinterface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.
                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 4 encapsulation dot1q vlan-id


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 100
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Enables the subinterface to accept 802.1Q VLAN packets.

                                                                                    • The subinterfaces between the CE and PE routers that are running Ethernet over MPLS must be in the same subnet. All other subinterfaces and backbone routers do not.
                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                                    • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 6 end


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    Router(config-if-atm-l2trans-pvc)# end
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Exits L2transport PVC configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                     

                                                                                    Configuring Ethernet over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                                                    Port mode allows a frame coming into an interface to be packed into an MPLS packet and transported over the MPLS backbone to an egress interface. The entire Ethernet frame without the preamble or FCS is transported as a single packet. To configure port mode, use the xconnect command in interface configuration mode and specify the destination address and the VC ID. The syntax of the xconnect command is the same as for all other transport types. Each interface is associated with one unique pseudowire VC label.

                                                                                    When configuring Ethernet over MPLS in port mode, use the following guidelines:

                                                                                    • The pseudowire VC type is set to Ethernet.
                                                                                    • Port mode and Ethernet VLAN mode are mutually exclusive. If you enable a main interface for port-to-port transport, you cannot also enter commands on a subinterface.
                                                                                    • In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRE and later releases, L2VPN Routed Interworking using Ethernet over MPLS (EOMPLS) is no longer supported. When you configure the interworking ip command in pseudowire configuration mode, the xconnect command is disabled. To configure L2VPN Routed Interworking, use either Ethernet over MPLS (EOMPLS) or SVI (Switched Virtual Interface) based EOMPLS.
                                                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                      1.    enable

                                                                                      2.    configure terminal

                                                                                      3.    interface gigabitethernet slot/interface

                                                                                      4.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                      5.    exit

                                                                                      6.    exit

                                                                                      7.    show mpls l2transport vc


                                                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                       Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                      Step 1 enable


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      Router> enable
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                      • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                       
                                                                                      Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      Router# configure terminal
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                       
                                                                                      Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot/interface


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                      • Make sure the interface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.
                                                                                       
                                                                                      Step 4 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                                      • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                                                                       
                                                                                      Step 5 exit


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      Router(config-if)# exit
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                                                       
                                                                                      Step 6 exit


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      Router(config)# exit
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Exits router configuration mode.

                                                                                       
                                                                                      Step 7 show mpls l2transport vc


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport vc
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Displays information about Ethernet over MPLS port mode.

                                                                                       

                                                                                      Examples

                                                                                      In the following example, the output of the show mpls l2transport vc detailcommand is displayed:

                                                                                      Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                                                      Local interface: Gi4/0.1 up, line protocol up, Eth VLAN 2 up
                                                                                      Destination address: 10.1.1.1, VC ID: 2, VC status: up
                                                                                      .
                                                                                      .
                                                                                      .
                                                                                      Local interface: Gi8/0/1 up, line protocol up, Ethernet up
                                                                                        Destination address: 10.1.1.1, VC ID: 8, VC status: up

                                                                                      Configuring Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite

                                                                                      The VLAN ID rewrite feature enables you to use VLAN interfaces with different VLAN IDs at both ends of the tunnel.

                                                                                      The Cisco 12000 series router requires you to configure VLAN ID rewrite manually, as described in the following sections.

                                                                                      The following routers automatically perform VLAN ID rewrite on the disposition PE router. No configuration is required:

                                                                                      • Cisco 7200 series routers.
                                                                                      • Cisco 7500 series routers.
                                                                                      • Cisco 10720 series routers.
                                                                                      • Routers supported on Cisco IOS Release 12.4(11)T. (Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS and Catalyst OS software image support.)

                                                                                      The following sections explain how to configure the VLAN ID rewrite feature:

                                                                                      Configuring Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite for Cisco 12k Routers for 12.0(29)S and Earlier Releases

                                                                                      Use the following guidelines for the VLAN ID rewrite feature for the Cisco 12000 series routers in Cisco IOS releases earlier than 12.0(29)S:

                                                                                      • The IP Service Engine (ISE) 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card performs the VLAN ID rewrite on the disposition side at the edge-facing line card.
                                                                                      • The engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card performs the VLAN ID rewrite on the imposition side at the edge-facing line card.

                                                                                      The VLAN ID rewrite functionality requires that both ends of the Ethernet over MPLS connections be provisioned with the same line cards. Make sure that both edge-facing ends of the virtual circuit use either the engine 2 or ISE Ethernet line card. The following example shows the system flow with the VLAN ID rewrite feature:

                                                                                      • The ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card:

                                                                                      Traffic flows from VLAN1 on CE1 to VLAN2 on CE2. As the frame reaches the edge-facing line card of the disposition router PE2, the VLAN ID in the dot1Q header changes to the VLAN ID assigned to VLAN2.

                                                                                      • The engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card:

                                                                                      Traffic flows from VLAN1 on CE1 to VLAN2 on CE2. As the frame reaches the edge-facing line card of the imposition router PE1, the VLAN ID in the dot1Q header changes to the VLAN ID assigned to VLAN2.

                                                                                      For the Cisco 12000 series router engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card, you must issue the remote circuit id command as part of the Ethernet over MPLS VLAN ID rewrite configuration.

                                                                                      Configuring Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite for Cisco 12k Routers for 12.0(30)S and Later Releases

                                                                                      In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S, the following changes to VLAN ID rewrite were implemented:

                                                                                      • The ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card can perform VLAN ID rewrite at both the imposition and disposition sides of the edge-facing router.
                                                                                      • The remote circuit id command is not required as part of the Ethernet over MPLS VLAN ID rewrite configuration, as long as both PE routers are running Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S. The VLAN ID rewrite feature is implemented automatically when you configure Ethernet over MPLS.
                                                                                      • The VLAN ID rewrite feature in Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S can interoperate with routers that are running earlier releases. If you have a PE router at one end of the circuit that is using an earlier Cisco IOS release and the remote circuit idcommand, the other PE can run Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S and still perform VLAN ID rewrite.
                                                                                      • You can mix the line cards on the PE routers, as shown in the following table
                                                                                      Table 6 Supported Line Cards for VLAN ID Rewrite Feature:

                                                                                      If PE1 Has These Line Cards

                                                                                      Then PE2 Can Use These Line Cards

                                                                                      Engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card or ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card

                                                                                      Engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card or ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card

                                                                                      ISE 4-port Gigabit Ethernet line card

                                                                                      Any Cisco 12000 series router line card

                                                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                        1.    enable

                                                                                        2.    configure terminal

                                                                                        3.    interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface

                                                                                        4.    encapsulation dot1q vlan-id

                                                                                        5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                        6.    remote circuit id remote-vlan-id

                                                                                        7.    exit

                                                                                        8.    exit

                                                                                        9.    exit

                                                                                        10.    show controllers eompls forwarding-table


                                                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                         Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                        Step 1 enable


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router> enable
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                        • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router# configure terminal
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot /interface.subinterface


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0.1
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet subinterface and enters subinterface configuration mode.

                                                                                        • Make sure the subinterfaces between the CE and PE routers that are running Ethernet over MPLS are in the same subnet. All other subinterfaces and backbone routers do not need to be in the same subnet.
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 4 encapsulation dot1q vlan-id


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 100
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Enables the subinterface to accept 802.1Q VLAN packets.

                                                                                        • Make sure the subinterface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC and enters xconnect configuration mode.

                                                                                        • The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports.
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 6 remote circuit id remote-vlan-id


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router(config-subif-xconn)# remote circuit id 101
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Enables you to use VLAN interfaces with different VLAN IDs at both ends of the tunnel.

                                                                                        • This command is required only for the Cisco 12000 series router engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card.
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 7 exit


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router(config-subif-xconn)# exit
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Exits xconnect configuration mode.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 8 exit


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router(config-subif)# exit
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Exits subinterface configuration mode.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 9 exit


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router(config)# exit
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Exits global configuration mode.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 10 show controllers eompls forwarding-table


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        Router# execute slot 0 show controllers eompls forwarding-table
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Displays information about VLAN ID rewrite.

                                                                                         

                                                                                        Examples

                                                                                        The command output of the show controllers eompls forwarding-tablecommand in the following example shows VLAN ID rewrite configured on the Cisco 12000 series routers with an engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line card. In the following example, the bolded command output show the VLAN ID rewrite information.

                                                                                        Router# execute slot 0 show controllers eompls forwarding-table 0 2
                                                                                        Port # 0, VLAN-ID # 2, Table-index 2
                                                                                        EoMPLS configured: 1
                                                                                        tag_rew_ptr             = D001BB58
                                                                                        Leaf entry?     = 1
                                                                                        FCR index       = 20
                                                                                                   **tagrew_psa_addr    = 0006ED60
                                                                                                   **tagrew_vir_addr    = 7006ED60
                                                                                                   **tagrew_phy_addr    = F006ED60
                                                                                                [0-7] loq 8800 mtu 4458  oq 4000 ai 3 oi 04019110 (encaps size 4)
                                                                                                cw-size 4 vlanid-rew 3
                                                                                                gather A30 (bufhdr size 32 EoMPLS (Control Word) Imposition profile 81)
                                                                                                2 tag: 18 18
                                                                                                counters 1182, 10 reported 1182, 10.
                                                                                            Local OutputQ (Unicast):    Slot:2  Port:0  RED queue:0  COS queue:0
                                                                                            Output Q (Unicast):         Port:0          RED queue:0  COS queue:0
                                                                                        Router# execute slot 0 show controllers eompls forwarding-table 0 3
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Port # 0, VLAN-ID # 3, Table-index 3
                                                                                        EoMPLS configured: 1
                                                                                        tag_rew_ptr             = D0027B90
                                                                                        Leaf entry?     = 1
                                                                                        FCR index       = 20
                                                                                                   **tagrew_psa_addr    = 0009EE40
                                                                                                   **tagrew_vir_addr    = 7009EE40
                                                                                                   **tagrew_phy_addr    = F009EE40
                                                                                                [0-7] loq 9400 mtu 4458  oq 4000 ai 8 oi 84000002 (encaps size 4)
                                                                                                cw-size 4 vlanid-rew 2
                                                                                                gather A30 (bufhdr size 32 EoMPLS (Control Word) Imposition profile 81)
                                                                                                2 tag: 17 18
                                                                                                counters 1182, 10 reported 1182, 10.
                                                                                            Local OutputQ (Unicast):    Slot:5  Port:0  RED queue:0  COS queue:0
                                                                                            Output Q (Unicast):         Port:0          RED queue:0  COS queue:0

                                                                                        Configuring per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS

                                                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                          1.    enable

                                                                                          2.    configure terminal

                                                                                          3.    interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]

                                                                                          4.    mtu mtu-value

                                                                                          5.    interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]

                                                                                          6.    encapsulation dot1q vlan-id

                                                                                          7.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                          8.    mtu mtu-value

                                                                                          9.    end

                                                                                          10.    show mpls l2transport binding


                                                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                           Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                          Step 1 enable


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router> enable
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                          • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router# configure terminal
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 3 interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet4/0/0
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 4 mtu mtu-value


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router(config-if)# mtu 2000
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Specifies the MTU value for the interface. The MTU value specified at the interface level can be inherited by a subinterface.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 5 interface gigabitethernet slot / subslot / port [. subinterface]


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router(config-if)# interface gigabitethernet4/0/0.1
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet subinterface and enters subinterface configuration mode.

                                                                                          Make sure the subinterface on the adjoining CE router is on the same VLAN as this PE router.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 6 encapsulation dot1q vlan-id


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 100
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Enables the subinterface to accept 802.1Q VLAN packets.

                                                                                          The subinterfaces between the CE and PE routers that are running Ethernet over MPLS must be in the same subnet. All other subinterfaces and backbone routers need not be.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 7 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                                          The syntax for this command is the same as for all other Layer 2 transports. Enters xconnect subinterface configuration mode.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 8 mtu mtu-value


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router(config-if-xconn)# mtu 1400
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Specifies the MTU for the VC.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 9 end


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router(config-if-xconn)# end
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Exits to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 10 show mpls l2transport binding


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport binding
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Displays the MTU values assigned to the local and remote interfaces.

                                                                                           

                                                                                          Configuring Frame Relay over MPLS with DLCI-to-DLCI Connections

                                                                                          Frame Relay over MPLS encapsulates Frame Relay PDUs in MPLS packets and forwards them across the MPLS network. For Frame Relay, you can set up data-link connection identifier (DLCI)-to-DLCI connections or port-to-port connections. With DLCI-to-DLCI connections, the PE routers manipulate the packet by removing headers, adding labels, and copying control word elements from the header to the PDU.

                                                                                          Perform this task to configure Frame Relay over MPLS with DLCI-to-DLCI connections.

                                                                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                            1.    enable

                                                                                            2.    configure terminal

                                                                                            3.    frame-relay switching

                                                                                            4.    interface serial slot /port

                                                                                            5.    encapsulation frame-relay [cisco | ietf]

                                                                                            6.    frame-relay intf-type dce

                                                                                            7.    exit

                                                                                            8.    connect connection-name interface dlci l2transport

                                                                                            9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                            10.    end


                                                                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                             Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                            Step 1 enable


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router> enable
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                            • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router# configure terminal
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 3 frame-relay switching


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config)# frame-relay switching
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Enables PVC switching on a Frame Relay device.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 4 interface serial slot /port


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config)# interface serial3/1
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Specifies a serial interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 5 encapsulation frame-relay [cisco | ietf]


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay ietf 
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Specifies Frame Relay encapsulation for the interface.

                                                                                            • You can specify different types of encapsulations. You can set one interface to Cisco encapsulation and the other interface to IETF encapsulation.
                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 6 frame-relay intf-type dce


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config-if)# frame-relay intf-type dce
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Specifies that the interface is a DCE switch.

                                                                                            • You can also specify the interface to support Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) and DTE connections.
                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 7 exit


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config-if)# exit
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Exits from interface configuration mode.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 8 connect connection-name interface dlci l2transport


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config)# connect fr1 serial5/0 1000 l2transport
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Defines connections between Frame Relay PVCs and enters connect configuration mode.

                                                                                            • Using the l2transport keyword specifies that the PVC will not be a locally switched PVC, but will be tunneled over the backbone network.
                                                                                            • The connection-name argument is a text string that you provide.
                                                                                            • The interface argument is the interface on which a PVC connection will be defined.
                                                                                            • The dlciargument is the DLCI number of the PVC that will be connected.
                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config-fr-pw-switching)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Creates the VC to transport the Layer 2 packets.

                                                                                            • In a DLCI-to DLCI connection type, Frame Relay over MPLS uses the xconnect command in connect configuration mode.
                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 10 end


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            Router(config-fr-pw-switching)# end
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Exits connect configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                             

                                                                                            Configuring Frame Relay over MPLS with Port-to-Port Connections

                                                                                            Frame Relay over MPLS encapsulates Frame Relay PDUs in MPLS packets and forwards them across the MPLS network. For Frame Relay, you can set up DLCI-to-DLCI connections or port-to-port connections. With port-to-port connections, you use HDLC mode to transport the Frame Relay encapsulated packets. In HDLC mode, the whole HDLC packet is transported. Only the HDLC flags and FCS bits are removed. The contents of the packet are not used or changed, including the backward explicit congestion notification (BECN), forward explicit congestion notification (FECN) and discard eligibility (DE) bits.

                                                                                            Perform this task to set up Frame Relay port-to-port connections.

                                                                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                              1.    enable

                                                                                              2.    configure terminal

                                                                                              3.    interface serial slot /port

                                                                                              4.    encapsulation hdlc

                                                                                              5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                              6.    end


                                                                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                               Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                              Step 1 enable


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              Router> enable
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                              • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              Router# configure terminal
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 3 interface serial slot /port


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              Router(config)# interface serial5/0
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Specifies a serial interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 4 encapsulation hdlc


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              Router(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc 
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Specifies that Frame Relay PDUs will be encapsulated in HDLC packets.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Creates the VC to transport the Layer 2 packets.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 6 end


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              Router(config-if)# end
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Exits interface configuration mode and enters privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                               

                                                                                              Configuring HDLC and PPP over MPLS

                                                                                              With HDLC over MPLS, the whole HDLC packet is transported. The ingress PE router removes only the HDLC flags and FCS bits. The contents of the packet are not used or changed.

                                                                                              With PPP over MPLS, the ingress PE router removes the flags, address, control field, and the FCS.


                                                                                              Note


                                                                                              The following restrictions pertain to the HDLC over MPLS feature:

                                                                                              • Asynchronous interfaces are not supported.
                                                                                              • You must configure HDLC over MPLS on router interfaces only. You cannot configure HDLC over MPLS on subinterfaces.

                                                                                              The following restrictions pertain to the PPP over MPLS feature:

                                                                                              • Zero hops on one router is not supported. However, you can have back-to-back PE routers.
                                                                                              • Asynchronous interfaces are not supported. The connections between the CE and PE routers on both ends of the backbone must have similar link layer characteristics. The connections between the CE and PE routers must both be synchronous.
                                                                                              • Multilink PPP (MLP) is not supported.
                                                                                              • You must configure PPP on router interfaces only. You cannot configure PPP on subinterfaces.
                                                                                              >
                                                                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                1.    enable

                                                                                                2.    configure terminal

                                                                                                3.    interface serial slot /port

                                                                                                4.    Do one of the following:

                                                                                                • encapsulation ppp
                                                                                                • encapsulation hdlc

                                                                                                5.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                6.    end


                                                                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                 Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                                Step 1 enable


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                Router> enable
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 3 interface serial slot /port


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                Router(config)# interface serial5/0
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Specifies a serial interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                                • You must configure HDLC and PPP over MPLS on router interfaces only. You cannot configure HDLC over MPLS on subinterfaces.
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 4Do one of the following:
                                                                                                • encapsulation ppp
                                                                                                • encapsulation hdlc


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                Router(config-if)# encapsulation ppp 


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                or 


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                
                                                                                                          


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                Router(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc 
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Specifies HDLC or PPP encapsulation and enters connect configuration mode.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 5 xconnect peer-router-id vcid encapsulation mpls


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                Router(config-fr-pw-switching)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Creates the VC to transport the Layer 2 packets.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 6 end
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Exits connect configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Configuring Tunnel Selection

                                                                                                The tunnel selection feature allows you to specify the path that traffic uses. You can specify either an MPLS TE tunnel or destination IP address or domain name server (DNS) name.

                                                                                                You also have the option of specifying whether the VCs should use the default path (the path LDP uses for signaling) if the preferred path is unreachable. This option is enabled by default; you must explicitly disable it.

                                                                                                You configure tunnel selection when you set up the pseudowire class. You enable tunnel selection with the preferred-path command. Then, you apply the pseudowire class to an interface that has been configured to transport AToM packets.

                                                                                                The following guidelines provide more information about configuring tunnel selection:

                                                                                                • The preferred-path command is available only if the pseudowire encapsulation type is MPLS.
                                                                                                • This tunnel selection feature is enabled when you exit from pseudowire mode.
                                                                                                • The selected path should be an LSP destined to the peer PE router.
                                                                                                • The selected tunnel must be an MPLS TE tunnel.
                                                                                                • If you select a tunnel, the tunnel tailend must be on the remote PE router.
                                                                                                • If you specify an IP address, that address must be the IP address of the loopback interface on the remote PE router. The address must have a /32 mask. There must be an LSP destined to that selected address. The LSP need not be a TE tunnel.
                                                                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                  1.    enable

                                                                                                  2.    configure terminal

                                                                                                  3.    pseudowire-class name

                                                                                                  4.    encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                  5.    preferred-path {interface tunnel tunnel-number | peer {ip-address | host-name}} [disable-fallback]

                                                                                                  6.    exit

                                                                                                  7.    interface slot /port

                                                                                                  8.    encapsulation encapsulation-type

                                                                                                  9.    xconnect peer-router-id vcid pw-class name

                                                                                                  10.    end


                                                                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                   Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                                  Step 1 enable


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router> enable
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                  • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 3 pseudowire-class name


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config)# pseudowire-class ts1
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Establishes a pseudowire class with a name that you specify and enters pseudowire configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 4 encapsulation mpls


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config-pw-class)# encapsulation mpls 
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Specifies the tunneling encapsulation.

                                                                                                  • For AToM, the encapsulation type is mpls.
                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 5 preferred-path {interface tunnel tunnel-number | peer {ip-address | host-name}} [disable-fallback]


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config-pw-class)# preferred path peer 10.18.18.18
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Specifies the MPLS traffic engineering tunnel or IP address or hostname to be used as the preferred path.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 6 exit


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config-pw-class)# exit
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Exits from pseudowire configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 7 interface slot /port


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config)# interface atm1/1
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Specifies an interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 8 encapsulation encapsulation-type


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config-if)# encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Specifies the encapsulation for the interface.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 9 xconnect peer-router-id vcid pw-class name


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config-if)# xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class ts1
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Binds the attachment circuit to a pseudowire VC.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 10 end


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  Router(config-if)# end
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Exits interface configuration mode and returns to Privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Examples

                                                                                                  In the following example, the show mpls l2transport vc command shows the following information about the VCs:

                                                                                                  • VC 101 has been assigned a preferred path called Tunnel1. The default path is disabled, because the preferred path specified that the default path should not be used if the preferred path fails.
                                                                                                  • VC 150 has been assigned an IP address of a loopback address on PE2. The default path can be used if the preferred path fails.

                                                                                                  In the following example, command output that is bolded shows the preferred path information.

                                                                                                  Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                                                                  Local interface: Gi0/0/0.1 up, line protocol up, Eth VLAN 222 up
                                                                                                    Destination address: 10.16.16.16, VC ID: 101, VC status: up
                                                                                                      Preferred path: Tunnel1,  active
                                                                                                      Default path: disabled
                                                                                                      Tunnel label: 3, next hop point2point
                                                                                                      Output interface: Tu1, imposed label stack {17 16}
                                                                                                    Create time: 00:27:31, last status change time: 00:27:31
                                                                                                    Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.16.16.16:0 up
                                                                                                      MPLS VC labels: local 25, remote 16
                                                                                                      Group ID: local 0, remote 6
                                                                                                      MTU: local 1500, remote 1500
                                                                                                      Remote interface description:
                                                                                                    Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                                                                    VC statistics:
                                                                                                      packet totals: receive 10, send 10
                                                                                                      byte totals:   receive 1260, send 1300
                                                                                                      packet drops:  receive 0, send 0
                                                                                                  Local interface: AT1/0/0 up, line protocol up, ATM AAL5 0/50 up
                                                                                                    Destination address: 10.16.16.16, VC ID: 150, VC status: up
                                                                                                      Preferred path: 10.18.18.18, active
                                                                                                      Default path: ready
                                                                                                      Tunnel label: 3, next hop point2point
                                                                                                      Output interface: Tu2, imposed label stack {18 24}
                                                                                                    Create time: 00:15:08, last status change time: 00:07:37
                                                                                                    Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.16.16.16:0 up
                                                                                                      MPLS VC labels: local 26, remote 24
                                                                                                      Group ID: local 2, remote 0
                                                                                                      MTU: local 4470, remote 4470
                                                                                                      Remote interface description:
                                                                                                    Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                                                                    VC statistics:
                                                                                                      packet totals: receive 0, send 0
                                                                                                      byte totals:   receive 0, send 0
                                                                                                      packet drops:  receive 0, send 0

                                                                                                  Troubleshooting Tips

                                                                                                  You can use the debug mpls l2transport vc eventcommand to troubleshoot tunnel selection. For example, if the tunnel interface that is used for the preferred path is shut down, the default path is enabled. The debug mpls l2transport vc eventcommand provides the following output:

                                                                                                  AToM SMGR [10.2.2.2, 101]: Processing imposition update, vc_handle 62091860, update_action 3, remote_vc_label 16 
                                                                                                  AToM SMGR [10.2.2.2, 101]: selected route no parent rewrite: tunnel not up 
                                                                                                  AToM SMGR [10.2.2.2, 101]: Imposition Programmed, Output Interface: Et3/2 

                                                                                                  Setting Experimental Bits with AToM

                                                                                                  MPLS AToM uses the three experimental bits in a label to determine the queue of packets. You statically set the experimental bits in both the VC label and the LSP tunnel label, because the LSP tunnel label might be removed at the penultimate router. The following sections explain the transport-specific implementations of the EXP bits.


                                                                                                  Note


                                                                                                  For information about setting EXP bits on the Cisco 12000 series router for Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S, see the AToM: L2 QoS feature module.



                                                                                                  Note


                                                                                                  The following restrictions apply to ATM AAL5 over MPLS with EXP bits:

                                                                                                  • ATM AAL5 over MPLS allows you to statically set the experimental bits.
                                                                                                  • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the header’s “tag control information” field are set to zero.
                                                                                                  • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                                                                                  The following restrictions apply to ATM Cell Relay over MPLS with EXP bits:

                                                                                                  • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS allows you to statically set the experimental bits in VC, PVP, and port modes.
                                                                                                  • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the header’s “tag control information” field are set to zero.
                                                                                                  • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                                                                                  The following restrictions apply to Ethernet over MPLS with EXP bits:

                                                                                                  On the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                                                                  • Ethernet over MPLS allows you to set the EXP bits by using either of the following methods:
                                                                                                    • Writing the priority bits into the experimental bit field, which is the default.
                                                                                                    • Using the match anycommand with the set mpls exp command.
                                                                                                  • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the 802.1Q header’s “tag control information” field are written into the experimental bit fields.
                                                                                                  • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                                                                                  On the Cisco 10720 Internet Router

                                                                                                  The table below lists the commands that are supported on the Cisco 10720 Internet router for Ethernet over MPLS. The letter Y means that the command is supported on that interface. A dash (--) means that command is not supported on that interface.


                                                                                                  Note


                                                                                                  The match coscommand is supported only on subinterfaces, not main interfaces.



                                                                                                  Table 7 Commands Supported on the Cisco 10720 Router for Ethernet over MPLS

                                                                                                  Commands

                                                                                                  Imposition

                                                                                                  Disposition

                                                                                                  Traffic Matching Commands

                                                                                                  In

                                                                                                  Out

                                                                                                  In

                                                                                                  Out

                                                                                                  match any

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  match cos

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  match input-interface

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  match mpls exp

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  match qos-group

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  Traffic Action Commands

                                                                                                  In

                                                                                                  Out

                                                                                                  In

                                                                                                  Out

                                                                                                  set cos

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  set mpls exp

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  set qos-group

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  set srp-priority

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  Y

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  --

                                                                                                  The following restrictions apply to Frame Relay over MPLS and EXP bits:

                                                                                                  • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, the priority bits in the header's “tag control information” field are set to zero.
                                                                                                  • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, distributed Cisco Express Forwarding must be enabled before you set the experimental bits.

                                                                                                  The following restrictions apply to HDLC over MPLS and PPP over MPLS and EXP bits:

                                                                                                  • If you do not assign values to the experimental bits, zeros are written into the experimental bit fields.
                                                                                                  • On the Cisco 7500 series routers, enable distributed Cisco Express Forwarding before setting the experimental bits.

                                                                                                  Set the experimental bits in both the VC label and the LSP tunnel label. You set the experimental bits in the VC label, because the LSP tunnel label might be removed at the penultimate router. Perform this task to set the experimental bits.

                                                                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                    1.    enable

                                                                                                    2.    configure terminal

                                                                                                    3.    class-map class-name

                                                                                                    4.    match any

                                                                                                    5.    exit

                                                                                                    6.    policy-map policy-name

                                                                                                    7.    class class-name

                                                                                                    8.    set mpls experimental value

                                                                                                    9.    exit

                                                                                                    10.    exit

                                                                                                    11.    interface slot /port

                                                                                                    12.    service-policy input policy-name

                                                                                                    13.    exit

                                                                                                    14.    exit

                                                                                                    15.    show policy-map interface interface-name [vc [vpi/] vci] [dlci dlci] [input | output]


                                                                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                     Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                                    Step 1 enable


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router> enable
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                    • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 3 class-map class-name


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config)# class-map class1 
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Specifies the user-defined name of the traffic class and enters class map configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 4 match any


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-cmap)# match any
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Specifies that all packets will be matched.

                                                                                                    • Use only the any keyword. Other keywords might cause unexpected results.
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 5 exit


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-cmap)# exit
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Exits class map configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 6 policy-map policy-name


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config)# policy-map policy1 
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Specifies the name of the traffic policy to configure and enters policy-map configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 7 class class-name


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-pmap)# class class1
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Specifies the name of the predefined traffic that was configured with the class-map command and was used to classify traffic to the traffic policy specified, and enters policy-map class configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 8 set mpls experimental value


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-pmap-c)# set mpls experimental 7
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Designates the value to which the MPLS bits are set if the packets match the specified policy map.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 9 exit


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-pmap-c)# exit
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Exits policy-map class configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 10 exit


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-pmap)# exit
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Exits policy-map configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 11 interface slot /port


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config)# interface atm4/0 
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Specifies the interface and enters interface configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 12 service-policy input policy-name


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-if)# service-policy input policy1 
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Attaches a traffic policy to an interface.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 13 exit


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config-if)# exit
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Exits interface configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 14 exit


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router(config)# exit
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Exits global configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 15 show policy-map interface interface-name [vc [vpi/] vci] [dlci dlci] [input | output]


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    Router# show policy-map interface serial3/0 
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Displays the traffic policy attached to an interface.

                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Setting the Frame Relay Discard Eligibility Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                                                                    You can use the DE bit in the address field of a Frame Relay frame to prioritize frames in congested Frame Relay networks. The Frame Relay DE bit has only one bit and can therefore only have two settings, 0 or 1. If congestion occurs in a Frame Relay network, frames with the DE bit set to 1 are discarded before frames with the DE bit set to 0. Therefore, important traffic should have the DE bit set to 0, and less important traffic should be forwarded with the DE bit set at 1. The default DE bit setting is 0. You can change the DE bit setting to 1 with the set fr-de command.


                                                                                                    Note


                                                                                                    The set fr-de command can be used only in an output service policy.


                                                                                                    Perform this task to set the Frame Relay DE bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

                                                                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                      1.    enable

                                                                                                      2.    configure terminal

                                                                                                      3.    policy-map policy-name

                                                                                                      4.    class class-name

                                                                                                      5.    set fr-de

                                                                                                      6.    end


                                                                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                       Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                                      Step 1 enable


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      Router> enable
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                      • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 3 policy-map policy-name


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      Router(config)# policy-map policy1
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Specifies the name of the traffic policy to configure and enters policy-map configuration mode.

                                                                                                      • Names can be a maximum of 40 alphanumeric characters.
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 4 class class-name


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      Router(config-pmap)# class class1 
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Specifies the name of a predefined traffic class and enters policy-map class configuration mode.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 5 set fr-de


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      Router(config-pmap-c)# set fr-de
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Sets the Frame Relay DE bit setting for all packets that match the specified traffic class from 0 to 1.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 6 end


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      Router(config-pmap-c)# end
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Exits policy-map class configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Matching the Frame Relay DE Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                                                                      You can use the match fr-decommand to enable frames with a DE bit setting of 1 to be considered a member of a defined class and forwarded according to the specifications set in the service policy.

                                                                                                      Perform this task to match frames with the FR DE bit set to 1.

                                                                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                        1.    enable

                                                                                                        2.    configure terminal

                                                                                                        3.    class-map class-map-name

                                                                                                        4.    match fr-de

                                                                                                        5.    end


                                                                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                         Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                                        Step 1 enable


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        Router> enable
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                        • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 3 class-map class-map-name


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        Router(config)# class-map de-bits
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Specifies the name of a predefined traffic class and enters class-map configuration mode.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 4 match fr-de


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        Router(config-cmap)# match fr-de
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Classifies all frames with the DE bit set to 1.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 5 end


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        Router(config-cmap)# end
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Exits class-map configuration mode and returns to privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Enabling the Control Word

                                                                                                        You can enable the control word for dynamic and static pseudowires under a pseudowire class. Use the control-word command to enable, disable, or set a control word to autosense mode. If you do not enable a control word, autosense is the default mode for the control word.

                                                                                                        Perform this task to enable a control word.

                                                                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                          1.    enable

                                                                                                          2.    configure terminal

                                                                                                          3.    pseudowire-class cw_enable

                                                                                                          4.    encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          5.    control-word

                                                                                                          6.    exit

                                                                                                          7.    exit


                                                                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                           Command or ActionPurpose
                                                                                                          Step 1 enable


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          Router> enable
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Enables privileged EXEC mode.

                                                                                                          • Enter your password if prompted.
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 2 configure terminal


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 3 pseudowire-class cw_enable


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          Router(config)# pseudowire-class cw_enable
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Enters pseudowire class configuration mode.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 4 encapsulation mpls


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          Router(config-pw-class)# encapsulation mpls 
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Specifies the tunneling encapsulation.

                                                                                                          • For AToM, the encapsulation type is mpls.
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 5 control-word


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          Router(config-pw-class)# control-word 
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Enables the control word.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 6 exit


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          Router(config-pw-class)# exit 
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Exits pseudowire class configuration mode and returns to global configuration mode.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 7 exit


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          Router(config)# exit
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Exits global configuration mode.

                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Configuration Examples for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                                                                          Example ATM AAL5 over MPLS

                                                                                                          ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to enable ATM AAL5 over MPLS on an ATM PVC:

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                           configure terminal
                                                                                                           interface atm1/
                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                           pvc 1/
                                                                                                          200 l2transport
                                                                                                           encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm aal5class
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                          interface atm1/
                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                          class-int aal5class
                                                                                                          pvc 1/
                                                                                                          200 l2transport
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm aal5class
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                          interface atm1/
                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                          pvc 1/
                                                                                                          200 l2transport
                                                                                                          class-vc aal5class
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          Example OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS

                                                                                                          OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS on PVCs

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to enable OAM cell emulation on an ATM PVC:

                                                                                                          interface ATM 1/0/0
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls 
                                                                                                          oam-ac emulation-enable
                                                                                                          oam-pvc manage
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to set the rate at which an AIS cell is sent every 30 seconds:

                                                                                                          interface ATM 1/0/0
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls 
                                                                                                          oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                                                                          oam-pvc manage

                                                                                                          OAM Cell Emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm oamclass
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                          oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                                                                          oam-pvc manage
                                                                                                          interface atm1/0
                                                                                                          class-int oamclass
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm oamclass
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                          oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                                                                          oam-pvc manage
                                                                                                          interface atm1/0
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          class-vc oamclass
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure OAM cell emulation for ATM AAL5 over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface. One PVC is configured with OAM cell emulation at an AIS rate of 10. That PVC uses the AIS rate of 10 instead of 30.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm oamclass
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                          oam-ac emulation-enable 30
                                                                                                          oam-pvc manage
                                                                                                          interface atm1/0
                                                                                                          class-int oamclass
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          oam-ac emulation-enable 10
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          Example ATM Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                                                                          ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm cellrelay
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                          interface atm1/0
                                                                                                          class-int cellrelay
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm cellrelay
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                          interface atm1/0
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          class-vc cellrelay

                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in PVP Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to transport single ATM cells over a virtual path:

                                                                                                          pseudowire-class vp-cell-relay
                                                                                                          encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          interface atm 5/0 
                                                                                                          atm pvp 1 l2transport 
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class vp-cell-relay

                                                                                                          ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure interface ATM 5/0 to transport ATM cell relay packets:

                                                                                                          pseudowire-class atm-cell-relay
                                                                                                          encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          interface atm 5/0 
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class atm-cell-relay
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure interface ATM 9/0/0 to transport ATM cell relay packets on a Cisco 7600 series router, where you must specify the interface ATM slot, bay, and port:

                                                                                                          pseudowire-class atm-cell-relay
                                                                                                          encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          interface atm 9/0/0 
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.0.0.1 500 pw-class atm-cell-relay

                                                                                                          Example ATM Single Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                                                                          ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows that ATM PVC 1/100 is an AToM cell relay PVC. There are three timers set up, with values of 1000 milliseconds, 800 milliseconds, and 500 milliseconds, respectively. The cell-packing command specifies that five ATM cells are to be packed into an MPLS packet. The cell-packing command also specifies that timer 1 is to be used.

                                                                                                          interface atm 1/0
                                                                                                          shutdown
                                                                                                          atm mcpt-timer 1000 800 500
                                                                                                          no shutdown
                                                                                                          pvc 1/100 l2transport
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          cell-packing 5 mcpt-timer 1

                                                                                                          ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VC Mode Using VC Class Configuration Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS with cell packing in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to an interface.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm cellpacking
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                          cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1
                                                                                                          interface atm1/0
                                                                                                          shutdown
                                                                                                          atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250
                                                                                                          no shutdown
                                                                                                          class-int cellpacking 
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure ATM cell relay over MPLS in VC class configuration mode. The VC class is then applied to a PVC.

                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                          configure terminal
                                                                                                          vc-class atm cellpacking 
                                                                                                          encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                          cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 1
                                                                                                          interface atm1/0
                                                                                                          shutdown
                                                                                                          atm mcpt-timers 100 200 250
                                                                                                          no shutdown
                                                                                                          pvc 1/200 l2transport
                                                                                                          class-vc cellpacking 
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in VP Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows packed cell relay enabled on an interface configured for PVP mode. The cell-packing command specifies that 10 ATM cells are to be packed into an MPLS packet. The cell-packing command also specifies that timer 2 is to be used.

                                                                                                          interface atm 1/0
                                                                                                          shutdown
                                                                                                          atm mcpt-timer 1000 800 500
                                                                                                          no shutdown
                                                                                                          atm pvp 100 l2transport
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.0.0.1 234 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 2

                                                                                                          ATM Packed Cell Relay over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows packed cell relay enabled on an interface set up for port mode. The cell-packing command specifies that 10 ATM cells are to be packed into an MPLS packet. The cell-packing command also specifies that timer 2 is to be used.

                                                                                                          interface atm 5/0 
                                                                                                          shutdown
                                                                                                          atm mcpt-timer 1000 800 500
                                                                                                          no shutdown
                                                                                                          cell-packing 10 mcpt-timer 2
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          Example Ethernet over MPLS

                                                                                                          Ethernet over MPLS in Port Mode

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure VC 123 in Ethernet port mode:

                                                                                                          pseudowire-class ethernet-port
                                                                                                          encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          int gigabitethernet1/0 
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.0.0.1 123 pw-class ethernet-port

                                                                                                          Ethernet over MPLS with VLAN ID Rewrite

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure VLAN ID rewrite on peer PE routers with Cisco 12000 series router engine 2 3-port Gigabit Ethernet line cards.

                                                                                                          PE1

                                                                                                          PE2

                                                                                                          interface GigabitEthernet0/0.2
                                                                                                          encapsulation dot1Q 2
                                                                                                          no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                          no cdp enable
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.5.5.5 2 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          remote circuit id 3
                                                                                                          interface GigabitEthernet3/0.2
                                                                                                          encapsulation dot1Q 3
                                                                                                          no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                          no cdp enable
                                                                                                          xconnect 10.3.3.3 2 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          remote circuit id 2

                                                                                                          Example Tunnel Selection

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to set up two preferred paths for PE1. One preferred path specifies an MPLS traffic engineering tunnel. The other preferred path specifies an IP address of a loopback address on PE2. There is a static route configured on PE1 that uses a TE tunnel to reach the IP address on PE2.

                                                                                                          PE1 Configuration

                                                                                                          mpls label protocol ldp
                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                          tag-switching tdp router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                          pseudowire-class pw1
                                                                                                           encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                           preferred-path interface Tunnel1 disable-fallback
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          pseudowire-class pw2
                                                                                                           encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                           preferred-path peer 10.18.18.18
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.2.2.2 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           no ip mroute-cache
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Tunnel1
                                                                                                           ip unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           tunnel destination 10.16.16.16
                                                                                                           tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 7 7
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1500
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name path-tu1
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Tunnel2
                                                                                                           ip unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           tunnel destination 10.16.16.16
                                                                                                           tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 7 7
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1500
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet0/0/0
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           no negotiation auto
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet0/0/0.1
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 222
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.16.16.16 101 pw-class pw1
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface ATM1/0/0
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                                                                           no atm ilmi-keepalive
                                                                                                           pvc 0/50 l2transport
                                                                                                            encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                            xconnect 10.16.16.16 150 pw-class pw2
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Ethernet2/0/1
                                                                                                           ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           tag-switching ip
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 15000 15000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                           log-adjacency-changes
                                                                                                           network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
                                                                                                           network 10.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng area 0
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          ip route 10.18.18.18 255.255.255.255 Tunnel2
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          ip explicit-path name path-tu1 enable
                                                                                                           next-address 10.0.0.1
                                                                                                           index 3 next-address 10.0.0.1

                                                                                                          PE2 Configuration

                                                                                                          mpls label protocol ldp
                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                          mpls ldp router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                          interface Loopback0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.16.16.16 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           no ip mroute-cache
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback2
                                                                                                           ip address 10.18.18.18 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Ethernet3/1
                                                                                                           ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           mpls ip
                                                                                                           no cdp enable
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 15000 15000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Ethernet3/3 
                                                                                                           no ip address 
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast 
                                                                                                           no cdp enable 
                                                                                                          ! 
                                                                                                          interface Ethernet3/3.1 
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 222 
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast 
                                                                                                           no cdp enable 
                                                                                                           mpls l2transport route 10.2.2.2 101 
                                                                                                          ! 
                                                                                                          interface ATM5/0
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                                                                           no atm ilmi-keepalive
                                                                                                           pvc 0/50 l2transport
                                                                                                            encapsulation aal5
                                                                                                            xconnect 10.2.2.2 150 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                           log-adjacency-changes
                                                                                                           network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
                                                                                                           network 10.16.16.16 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng area 0

                                                                                                          Example Setting Frame Relay Discard Eligibility Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure the service policy called set-de and attach it to an interface. In this example, the class map called data evaluates all packets exiting the interface for an IP precedence value of 1. If the exiting packet has been marked with the IP precedence value of 1, the packet’s DE bit is set to 1.

                                                                                                          class-map data 
                                                                                                          match ip precedence 1 
                                                                                                          policy-map set-de 
                                                                                                          class data 
                                                                                                          set fr-de 
                                                                                                          interface Serial0/0/0 
                                                                                                          encapsulation frame-relay 
                                                                                                          interface Serial0/0/0.1 point-to-point 
                                                                                                          ip address 192.168.249.194 255.255.255.252 
                                                                                                          frame-relay interface-dlci 100 
                                                                                                          service output set-de 

                                                                                                          Example Matching Frame Relay DE Bit on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 Series Routers

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to configure the service policy called match-de and attach it to an interface. In this example, the class map called data evaluates all packets entering the interface for a DE bit setting of 1. If the entering packet has been a DE bit value of 1, the packet’s EXP bit setting is set to 3.

                                                                                                          class-map data 
                                                                                                          match fr-de 
                                                                                                          policy-map match-de
                                                                                                          class data 
                                                                                                          set mpls exp 3 
                                                                                                          ip routing 
                                                                                                          ip cef distributed 
                                                                                                          mpls label protocol ldp 
                                                                                                          interface Loopback0 
                                                                                                           ip address 10.20.20.20 255.255.255.255 
                                                                                                          interface Ethernet1/0/0 
                                                                                                           ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0 
                                                                                                           mpls ip 
                                                                                                          interface Serial4/0/0 
                                                                                                           encapsulation frame-relay 
                                                                                                          service input match-de 
                                                                                                          connect 100 Serial4/0/0 100 l2transport 

                                                                                                          xconnect 10.10.10.10 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          Example ATM over MPLS

                                                                                                          The table below shows the configuration of ATM over MPLS on two PE routers.

                                                                                                          Table 8 ATM over MPLS Configuration Example

                                                                                                          PE1

                                                                                                          PE2

                                                                                                          mpls label protocol ldp
                                                                                                           mpls ldp router-id Loopback0 force
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.16.12.12 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                          ! 
                                                                                                          interface ATM4/0
                                                                                                           pvc 0/100 l2transport
                                                                                                             encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                             xconnect 10.13.13.13 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          ! 
                                                                                                          interface ATM4/0.300 point-to-point
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                                                                           pvc 0/300 l2transport
                                                                                                             encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                             xconnect 10.13.13.13 300 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          mpls label protocol ldp
                                                                                                           mpls ldp router-id Loopback0 force
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.13.13.13 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          interface ATM4/0
                                                                                                            pvc 0/100 l2transport
                                                                                                              encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                              xconnect 10.16.12.12 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface ATM4/0.300 point-to-point
                                                                                                           no ip directed-broadcast
                                                                                                           no atm enable-ilmi-trap
                                                                                                           pvc 0/300 l2transport
                                                                                                             encapsulation aal0
                                                                                                             xconnect 10.16.12.12 300 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          Example Ethernet over MPLS with MPLS Traffic Engineering Fast Reroute

                                                                                                          The following configuration example and the figure below show the configuration of Ethernet over MPLS with fast reroute on AToM PE routers.

                                                                                                          Routers PE1 and PE2 have the following characteristics:

                                                                                                          • A TE tunnel called Tunnel41 is configured between PE1and PE2, using an explicit path through a link called L1. AToM VCs are configured to travel through the FRR-protected tunnel Tunnel41.
                                                                                                          • The link L1 is protected by FRR, the backup tunnel is Tunnel1.
                                                                                                          • PE2 is configured to forward the AToM traffic back to PE1 through the L2 link.
                                                                                                          Figure 2. Fast Reroute Configuration

                                                                                                          PE1 Configuration

                                                                                                          mpls label protocol ldp
                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                          mpls ldp router-id Loopback1 force
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          pseudowire-class T41
                                                                                                           encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                           preferred-path interface Tunnel41 disable-fallback
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          pseudowire-class IP1
                                                                                                           encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                           preferred-path peer 10.4.0.1 disable-fallback
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback1
                                                                                                           ip address 10.0.0.27 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Tunnel1
                                                                                                           ip unnumbered Loopback1
                                                                                                           tunnel destination 10.0.0.1
                                                                                                           tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 1 1
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 10000
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name FRR
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Tunnel41
                                                                                                           ip unnumbered Loopback1
                                                                                                           tunnel destination 10.0.0.4
                                                                                                           tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 1 1
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1000
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name name-1
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface POS0/0
                                                                                                           description pe1name POS8/0/0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.1.0.2 255.255.255.252
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng backup-path Tunnel1
                                                                                                           crc 16
                                                                                                           clock source internal
                                                                                                           pos ais-shut
                                                                                                           pos report lrdi
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface POS0/3
                                                                                                           description pe1name POS10/1/0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.1.0.14 255.255.255.252
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           crc 16   
                                                                                                           clock source internal
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet3/0.1
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 203
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.0.0.4 2 pw-class IP1
                                                                                                          !         
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet3/0.2
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 204
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.0.0.4 4 pw-class T41
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                           network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback1
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng area 0
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          ip classless
                                                                                                          ip route 10.4.0.1 255.255.255.255 Tunnel41
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          ip explicit-path name xxxx-1 enable
                                                                                                           next-address 10.4.1.2
                                                                                                           next-address 10.1.0.10

                                                                                                          P Configuration

                                                                                                          ip cef
                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback1
                                                                                                           ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface FastEthernet1/0/0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.4.1.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 10000 10000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface POS8/0/0
                                                                                                           description xxxx POS0/0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.1.0.1 255.255.255.252
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           pos ais-shut
                                                                                                           pos report lrdi
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface POS10/1/0
                                                                                                           description xxxx POS0/3
                                                                                                           ip address 10.1.0.13 255.255.255.252
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 155000 155000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                           network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback1
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng area 0

                                                                                                          PE2 Configuration

                                                                                                          ip cef
                                                                                                          mpls label protocol ldp
                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                          mpls ldp router-id Loopback1 force
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback1
                                                                                                           ip address 10.0.0.4 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface loopback 2
                                                                                                          ip address 10.4.0.1 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Tunnel27
                                                                                                           ip unnumbered Loopback1
                                                                                                           tunnel destination 10.0.0.27
                                                                                                           tunnel mode mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng autoroute announce
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng priority 1 1
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng bandwidth 1000
                                                                                                           tunnel mpls traffic-eng path-option 1 explicit name xxxx-1
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface FastEthernet0/0.2
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 203
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.0.0.27 2 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface FastEthernet0/0.3
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 204
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.0.0.27 4 encapsulation mpls 
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface FastEthernet1/1
                                                                                                           ip address 10.4.1.1 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                           ip rsvp bandwidth 10000 10000
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                           network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback1
                                                                                                           mpls traffic-eng area 0
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          ip explicit-path name xxxx-1 enable
                                                                                                           next-address 10.4.1.2
                                                                                                           next-address 10.1.0.10

                                                                                                          Example Configuring per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS

                                                                                                          The figure below shows a configuration that enables matching MTU values between VC endpoints.

                                                                                                          As shown in the figure below, PE1 is configured in xconnect subinterface configuration mode with an MTU value of 1500 bytes in order to establish an end-to-end VC with PE2, which also has an MTU value of 1500 bytes. If PE1 was not set with an MTU value of 1500 bytes, in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, the subinterface would inherit the MTU value of 2000 bytes set on the interface. This would cause a mismatch in MTU values between the VC endpoints, and the VC would not come up.

                                                                                                          Figure 3. Configuring MTU Values in xconnect Subinterface Configuration Mode

                                                                                                          The following examples show the router configurations in the figure above:

                                                                                                          CE1 Configuration

                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet0/0
                                                                                                           mtu 1500
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet0/0.1
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                                                                           ip address 10.181.182.1 255.255.255.0

                                                                                                          PE1 Configuration

                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet0/0
                                                                                                           mtu 2000
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet0/0.1
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.1.1.152 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                            mtu 1500
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet0/0.2
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 200
                                                                                                           ip address 10.151.100.1 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                           mpls ip

                                                                                                          PE2 Configuration

                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet1/0
                                                                                                           mtu 2000
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface gigabitethernet1/0.2
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 200
                                                                                                           ip address 10.100.152.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                           mpls ip
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface fastethernet0/0
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface fastethernet0/0.1
                                                                                                           description default MTU of 1500 for FastEthernet
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.1.1.151 100 encapsulation mpls

                                                                                                          CE2 Configuration

                                                                                                          interface fastethernet0/0
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                          interface fastethernet0/0.1
                                                                                                           encapsulation dot1Q 100
                                                                                                           ip address 10.181.182.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The show mpls l2transport bindingcommand, issued from router PE1, shows a matching MTU value of 1500 bytes on both the local and remote routers:

                                                                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport binding 
                                                                                                          Destination Address: 10.1.1.152,  VC ID: 100
                                                                                                              Local Label: 100
                                                                                                                  Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                                                                                  MTU: 1500,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                                                                                  VCCV: CC Type: CW [1], RA [2]
                                                                                                                        CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                                                                              Remote Label: 202
                                                                                                                  Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                                                                                  MTU: 1500,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                                                                                  VCCV: CC Type: RA [2]
                                                                                                                        CV Type: LSPV [2]

                                                                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                                                                          Local interface: Gi0/0.1 up, line protocol up, Eth VLAN 100 up
                                                                                                            Destination address: 10.1.1.152, VC ID: 100, VC status: up
                                                                                                              Output interface: Gi0/0.2, imposed label stack {202}
                                                                                                              Preferred path: not configured  
                                                                                                              Default path: active
                                                                                                              Next hop: 10.151.152.2
                                                                                                            Create time: 1d11h, last status change time: 1d11h
                                                                                                            Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.1.1.152:0 up
                                                                                                              Targeted Hello: 10.1.1.151(LDP Id) -> 10.1.1.152
                                                                                                              MPLS VC labels: local 100, remote 202 
                                                                                                              Group ID: local 0, remote 0
                                                                                                              MTU: local 1500, remote 1500
                                                                                                              Remote interface description: 
                                                                                                            Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                                                                            VC statistics:
                                                                                                              packet totals: receive 41, send 39
                                                                                                              byte totals:   receive 4460, send 5346
                                                                                                              packet drops:  receive 0, send 0

                                                                                                          In the following example, you are specifying an MTU of 1501 in xconnect subinterface configuration mode, and that value is out of range, the router enters the command in subinterface configuration mode, where it is accepted:

                                                                                                          Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                          router(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2.1
                                                                                                          router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.10.10.1 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu ?
                                                                                                          <64 - 1500> MTU size in bytes
                                                                                                          router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu 1501
                                                                                                          router(config-subif)# mtu ?
                                                                                                          <64 - 17940> MTU size in bytes
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          If the MTU value is not accepted in either xconnect subinterface configuration mode or subinterface configuration mode, then the command is rejected, as shown in the following example:

                                                                                                          Router# configure terminal
                                                                                                          router(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2.1
                                                                                                          router(config-subif)# xconnect 10.10.10.1 100 encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                          router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu ?
                                                                                                          <64 - 1500> MTU size in bytes
                                                                                                          router(config-subif-xconn)# mtu 63
                                                                                                          % Invalid input detected at ^ marker

                                                                                                          Example Configuring MTU Values in xconnect Configuration Mode for L2VPN Interworking

                                                                                                          The following example shows an L2VPN Interworking example. The PE1 router has a serial interface configured with an MTU value of 1492 bytes. The PE2 router uses xconnect configuration mode to set a matching MTU of 1492 bytes, which allows the two routers to form an interworking VC. If the PE2 router did not set the MTU value in xconnect configuration mode, the interface would be set to 1500 bytes by default and the VC would not come up.

                                                                                                          PE1 Configuration

                                                                                                          pseudowire-class atom-ipiw
                                                                                                           encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                           interworking ip 
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.1.1.151 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Serial2/0
                                                                                                           mtu 1492 
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                           encapsulation ppp
                                                                                                           no fair-queue
                                                                                                           serial restart-delay 0
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.1.1.152 123 pw-class atom-ipiw
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Serial4/0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.151.100.1 255.255.255.252
                                                                                                           encapsulation ppp
                                                                                                           mpls ip
                                                                                                           serial restart-delay 0
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                           log-adjacency-changes
                                                                                                           network 10.1.1.151 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                                                                           network 10.151.100.0 0.0.0.3 area 0
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          mpls ldp router-id Loopback0

                                                                                                          PE2 Configuration

                                                                                                          pseudowire-class atom-ipiw
                                                                                                           encapsulation mpls
                                                                                                           interworking ip 
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Loopback0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.1.1.152 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Ethernet0/0 
                                                                                                           no ip address
                                                                                                           xconnect 10.1.1.151 123 pw-class atom-ipiw
                                                                                                            mtu 1492 
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          interface Serial4/0
                                                                                                           ip address 10.100.152.2 255.255.255.252
                                                                                                           encapsulation ppp
                                                                                                           mpls ip
                                                                                                           serial restart-delay 0
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                           log-adjacency-changes
                                                                                                           network 10.1.1.152 0.0.0.0 area 0
                                                                                                           network 10.100.152.0 0.0.0.3 area 0
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          mpls ldp router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The show mpls l2transport bindingcommand shows that the MTU value for the local and remote routers is 1492 bytes.

                                                                                                          PE1 Configuration

                                                                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport binding
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Destination Address: 10.1.1.152,  VC ID: 123
                                                                                                              Local Label: 105
                                                                                                                  Cbit: 1,    VC Type: PPP,    GroupID: 0
                                                                                                                  MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                                                                                  VCCV: CC Type: CW [1], RA [2]
                                                                                                                        CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                                                                              Remote Label: 205
                                                                                                                  Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                                                                                  MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                                                                                  VCCV: CC Type: RA [2]
                                                                                                                        CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                                                                          Local interface: Se2/0 up, line protocol up, PPP up
                                                                                                            MPLS VC type is PPP, interworking type is IP 
                                                                                                            Destination address: 10.1.1.152, VC ID: 123, VC status: up
                                                                                                              Output interface: Se4/0, imposed label stack {1003 205}
                                                                                                              Preferred path: not configured  
                                                                                                              Default path: active
                                                                                                              Next hop: point2point
                                                                                                            Create time: 00:25:29, last status change time: 00:24:54
                                                                                                            Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.1.1.152:0 up
                                                                                                              Targeted Hello: 10.1.1.151(LDP Id) -> 10.1.1.152
                                                                                                              Status TLV support (local/remote)   : enabled/supported
                                                                                                                Label/status state machine        : established, LruRru
                                                                                                                Last local dataplane   status rcvd: no fault
                                                                                                                Last local SSS circuit status rcvd: no fault
                                                                                                                Last local SSS circuit status sent: no fault
                                                                                                                Last local  LDP TLV    status sent: no fault
                                                                                                                Last remote LDP TLV    status rcvd: no fault
                                                                                                              MPLS VC labels: local 105, remote 205 
                                                                                                              Group ID: local n/a, remote 0
                                                                                                              MTU: local 1492, remote 1492
                                                                                                              Remote interface description: 
                                                                                                            Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                                                                            VC statistics:
                                                                                                              packet totals: receive 30, send 29
                                                                                                              byte totals:   receive 2946, send 3364
                                                                                                              packet drops:  receive 0, send 0

                                                                                                          PE2 Configuration

                                                                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport binding
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Destination Address: 10.1.1.151,  VC ID: 123
                                                                                                              Local Label: 205
                                                                                                                  Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                                                                                  MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                                                                                  VCCV: CC Type: RA [2]
                                                                                                                        CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                                                                              Remote Label: 105
                                                                                                                  Cbit: 1,    VC Type: Ethernet,    GroupID: 0
                                                                                                                  MTU: 1492,   Interface Desc: n/a
                                                                                                                  VCCV: CC Type: CW [1], RA [2]
                                                                                                                        CV Type: LSPV [2]
                                                                                                          Router# show mpls l2transport vc detail
                                                                                                          Local interface: Et0/0 up, line protocol up, Ethernet up
                                                                                                            MPLS VC type is Ethernet, interworking type is IP
                                                                                                            Destination address: 10.1.1.151, VC ID: 123, VC status: up
                                                                                                              Output interface: Se4/0, imposed label stack {1002 105}
                                                                                                              Preferred path: not configured  
                                                                                                              Default path: active
                                                                                                              Next hop: point2point
                                                                                                            Create time: 00:25:19, last status change time: 00:25:19
                                                                                                            Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 10.1.1.151:0 up
                                                                                                              Targeted Hello: 10.1.1.152(LDP Id) -> 10.1.1.151
                                                                                                              Status TLV support (local/remote)   : enabled/supported
                                                                                                                Label/status state machine        : established, LruRru
                                                                                                                Last local dataplane   status rcvd: no fault
                                                                                                                Last local SSS circuit status rcvd: no fault
                                                                                                                Last local SSS circuit status sent: no fault
                                                                                                                Last local  LDP TLV    status sent: no fault
                                                                                                                Last remote LDP TLV    status rcvd: no fault
                                                                                                              MPLS VC labels: local 205, remote 105 
                                                                                                              Group ID: local n/a, remote 0
                                                                                                              MTU: local 1492, remote 1492 
                                                                                                              Remote interface description: 
                                                                                                            Sequencing: receive disabled, send disabled
                                                                                                            VC statistics:
                                                                                                              packet totals: receive 29, send 30
                                                                                                              byte totals:   receive 2900, send 3426
                                                                                                              packet drops:  receive 0, send 0
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          Example Removing a Pseudowire

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to remove all xconnects:

                                                                                                          Router# clear xconnect all
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.1(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234000]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.2(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234001]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.3(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.2.2:1234002]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.4(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:13:56: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.2.2:1234003]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234002, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234003, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.3, 1003]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.3, 1003]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.2.2, 1234003]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.2.2, 1234003]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [Et1/0.3, 1003]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                                                                          02:13:56: XC AUTH [10.1.2.2, 1234003]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234003, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                                                                          02:13:56: MPLS peer 10.1.2.2 vcid 1234002, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to remove all the xconnects associated with peer router 10.1.1.2:

                                                                                                          Router# clear xconnect peer 10.1.1.2 all
                                                                                                          02:14:08: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.1(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:14:08: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234000]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:14:08: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.2(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:14:08: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234001]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:14:08: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:14:08: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:14:08: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:14:08: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:14:08: XC AUTH [Et1/0.1, 1001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                                                                          02:14:08: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234001]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                                                                          02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                                                                          02:14:08: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC UP, VC state UP
                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to remove the xconnects associated with peer router 10.1.1.2 and VC ID 1234001:

                                                                                                          Router# clear xconnect peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001
                                                                                                          02:14:23: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.2(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:14:23: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234001]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:14:23: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:14:23: XC AUTH [Et1/0.2, 1002]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:14:23: XC AUTH [Et1/0.2, 1002]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:14:23: XC AUTH [Et1/0.2, 1002]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END
                                                                                                          02:14:23: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234001, VC UP, VC state UP

                                                                                                          The following example shows how to remove the xconnects associated with interface Ethernet 1/0.1:

                                                                                                          Router# clear xconnect interface eth1/0.1
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          02:14:48: Xconnect[ac:Et1/0.1(Eth VLAN)]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=1, sss_role=2
                                                                                                          02:14:48: Xconnect[mpls:10.1.1.2:1234000]: provisioning fwder with fwd_type=2, sss_role=1
                                                                                                          02:14:48: MPLS peer 10.1.1.2 vcid 1234000, VC DOWN, VC state DOWN
                                                                                                          02:14:48: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234000]: Event: start xconnect authorization, state changed from IDLE to AUTHORIZING
                                                                                                          02:14:48: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234000]: Event: found xconnect authorization, state changed from AUTHORIZING to DONE
                                                                                                          02:14:48: XC AUTH [10.1.1.2, 1234000]: Event: free xconnect authorization request, state changed from DONE to END

                                                                                                          Additional References

                                                                                                          Related Documents

                                                                                                          Related Topic

                                                                                                          Document Title

                                                                                                          Cisco IOS commands

                                                                                                          Cisco IOS Master Commands List, All Releases

                                                                                                          MPLS commands

                                                                                                          Cisco IOS Multiprotocol Label Switching Command Reference

                                                                                                          Any Transport over MPLS

                                                                                                          “Overview” section of Cisco Any Transport over MPLS

                                                                                                          Any Transport over MPLS for the Cisco 10000 series router

                                                                                                          Cisco 10000 Series Router Broadband Aggregation, Leased-Line, and MPLS Configuration Guide

                                                                                                          Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)

                                                                                                          Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3)

                                                                                                          L2VPN interworking

                                                                                                          L2VPN Interworking

                                                                                                          Standards

                                                                                                          Standard

                                                                                                          Title

                                                                                                          draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls-08.txt

                                                                                                          Transport of Layer 2 Frames Over MPLS

                                                                                                          draft-martini-l2circuit-encap-mpls-04.txt

                                                                                                          Encapsulation Methods for Transport of Layer 2 Frames Over MPLS

                                                                                                          MIBs

                                                                                                          MIB

                                                                                                          MIBs Link

                                                                                                          ATM AAL5 over MPLS and ATM Cell Relay over MPLS:

                                                                                                          • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • ATM MIB (ATM-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • CISCO AAL5 MIB (CISCO-AAL5-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • Cisco Enterprise ATM Extension MIB (CISCO-ATM-EXT-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • Supplemental ATM Management Objects (CISCO-IETF-ATM2-PVCTRAP-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)

                                                                                                          Ethernet over MPLS:

                                                                                                          • CISCO-ETHERLIKE-CAPABILITIES.my
                                                                                                          • Ethernet MIB (ETHERLIKE-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)

                                                                                                          Frame Relay over MPLS:

                                                                                                          • Cisco Frame Relay MIB (CISCO-FRAME-RELAY-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)

                                                                                                          HDLC and PPP over MPLS:

                                                                                                          • MPLS LDP MIB (MPLS-LDP-MIB.my)
                                                                                                          • Interfaces MIB (IF-MIB.my)

                                                                                                          To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco software releases, and feature sets, use Cisco MIB Locator found at the following URL:

                                                                                                          http:/​/​www.cisco.com/​go/​mibs

                                                                                                          RFCs

                                                                                                          RFC

                                                                                                          Title

                                                                                                          RFC 3032

                                                                                                          MPLS Label Stack Encoding

                                                                                                          RFC 3036

                                                                                                          LDP Specification

                                                                                                          Technical Assistance

                                                                                                          Description

                                                                                                          Link

                                                                                                          The Cisco Support and Documentation website provides online resources to download documentation, software, and tools. Use these resources to install and configure the software and to troubleshoot and resolve technical issues with Cisco products and technologies. Access to most tools on the Cisco Support and Documentation website requires a Cisco.com user ID and password.

                                                                                                          http:/​/​www.cisco.com/​cisco/​web/​support/​index.html

                                                                                                          Feature Information for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                                                                          The following table provides release information about the feature or features described in this module. This table lists only the software release that introduced support for a given feature in a given software release train. Unless noted otherwise, subsequent releases of that software release train also support that feature.

                                                                                                          Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco software image support. To access Cisco Feature Navigator, go to www.cisco.com/​go/​cfn. An account on Cisco.com is not required.

                                                                                                          Table 9 Feature Information for Any Transport over MPLS

                                                                                                          Feature Name

                                                                                                          Releases

                                                                                                          Feature Information

                                                                                                          Any Transport over MPLS

                                                                                                          12.0(10)ST 12.0(21)ST 12.0(22)S 12.0(23)S 12.0(25)S 12.0(26)S 12.0(27)S 12.0(29)S 12.0(30)S 12.0(31)S 12.0(32)S 12.1(8a)E 12.2(14)S 12.2(15)T 12.2(28)SB 12.2(33)SRB 12.2(33)SXH 12.2(33)SRC 12.2(33)SRD 12.2(1)SRE 12.4(11)T 15.0(1)S 15.1(3)S

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(10)ST, Any Transport over MPLS: ATM AAL5 over MPLS was introduced on the Cisco 12000 series routers.

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.1(8a)E, Ethernet over MPLS was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series Internet router.

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(21)ST, Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS was introduced on the Cisco 12000 series routers. ATM AAL5 over MPLS was updated.

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(22)S, Ethernet over MPLS was integrated into this release. Support for the Cisco 10720 Internet router was added. ATM AAL5 over MPLS was integrated into this release for the Cisco 12000 series routers.

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(23)S, the following new features were introduced and support was added for them on the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers:

                                                                                                          • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS (single cell relay, VC mode)
                                                                                                          • Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                                                                          • HDLC over MPLS
                                                                                                          • PPP over MPLS

                                                                                                          Cisco IOS Release 12.0(23)S also added support on the Cisco 12000, 7200, and 7500 series routers for the following features:

                                                                                                          • ATM AAL5 over MPLS
                                                                                                          • Ethernet over MPLS (VLAN mode)

                                                                                                          The AToM features were integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(14)S.

                                                                                                          The AToM features were integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(15)T.

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(25)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                                                                          • New commands for configuring AToM
                                                                                                          • Ethernet over MPLS: port mode
                                                                                                          • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: packed cell relay
                                                                                                          • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: VP mode
                                                                                                          • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: port mode
                                                                                                          • Distributed Cisco Express Forwarding mode for Frame Relay, PPP, and HDLC over MPLS
                                                                                                          • Fast reroute with AToM
                                                                                                          • Tunnel selection
                                                                                                          • Traffic policing
                                                                                                          • QoS support

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(26)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                                                                          • Support for connecting disparate attachment circuits. See L2VPN Interworking for more information.
                                                                                                          • QoS functionality with AToM for the Cisco 7200 series routers.

                                                                                                          Support for FECN and BECN marking with Frame Relay over MPLS. (See BECN and FECN Marking for Frame Relay over MPLS for more information.)

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(27)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                                                                          • ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay for VC, PVP, and port mode for the Cisco 12000 series router.
                                                                                                          • Support for ATM over MPLS on the Cisco 12000 series 4-port OC-12X/STM-4 ATM ISE line card.

                                                                                                          This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)S for the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(29)S, the “Any Transport over MPLS Sequencing Support” feature was added for the Cisco 7200 and 7500 series routers.

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(30)S, the following new features were introduced:

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(31)S, the Cisco 12000 series router introduced the following enhancements:

                                                                                                          • AToM VC Independence--With this enhancement, fast reroute is accomplished in less than 50 milliseconds, regardless of the number of VCs configured.
                                                                                                          • Support for ISE line cards on the 2.5G ISE SPA Interface Processor (SIP).

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.0(32)S, the Cisco 12000 series router added engine 5 line card support for the following transport types:

                                                                                                          • Ethernet over MPLS
                                                                                                          • Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                                                                          • HDLC over MPLS
                                                                                                          • PPP over MPLS

                                                                                                          This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(28)SB on the Cisco 10000 series routers. Platform-specific configuration information is contained in the “Configuring Any Transport over MPLS” section of the Cisco 10000 Series Router Broadband Aggregation, Leased-Line, and MPLS Configuration Guide.

                                                                                                          Any Transport over MPLS was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.4(11)T with support for the following features:

                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: Port Mode
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: VLAN Mode
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: VLAN ID Rewrite
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: AAL5 over MPLS
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM OAM Emulation

                                                                                                          This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRB to support the following features on the Cisco 7600 router:

                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Frame Relay over MPLS
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS
                                                                                                          • AToM Static Pseudowire Provisioning

                                                                                                          Platform-specific configuration information is contained in the following documents:

                                                                                                          This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SXH and supports the following features:

                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS: Port Mode
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: AAL5 over MPLS
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM OAM Emulation
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Single Cell Relay--VC Mode
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: ATM Cell Relay over MPLS--VP Mode
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay--VC/VP Mode
                                                                                                          • Any Transport over MPLS: Ethernet over MPLS
                                                                                                          • ATM Port Mode Packed Cell Relay over AToM
                                                                                                          • AToM Tunnel Selection

                                                                                                          The following features were integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRC:

                                                                                                          • AToM Tunnel Selection for the Cisco 7200 and Cisco 7300 routers
                                                                                                          • Per-Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS (EoMPLS)

                                                                                                          In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(33)SRD, support for ATM Cell Relay over MPLS in port mode on Cisco 7600 series routers was added.

                                                                                                          Per Subinterface MTU for Ethernet over MPLS (EoMPLS) was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 15.1(3)S.

                                                                                                          MPLS L2VPN Clear Xconnect Command

                                                                                                          12.2(1)SRE

                                                                                                          15.0(1)S

                                                                                                          These features are supported on Cisco 7600 routers in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(1)SRE and Cisco IOS Release 15.0(1)S.

                                                                                                          These features enable you to:

                                                                                                          • Reset a VC associated with an interface, a peer address, or on all the configured xconnect circuit attachments
                                                                                                          • Set the control word on dynamic pseudowires.
                                                                                                          • Enable ATM cell packing for static pseudowires.

                                                                                                          The following commands were introduced or modified by these features: cell-packing, clear xconnect, control-word, encapsulation (Any Transport over MPLS), oam-ac emulation-enable.

                                                                                                          MPLS MTU Command for GRE Tunnels

                                                                                                          15.1(1)T 15.1(2)S

                                                                                                          This feature allows you to reset the MPLS MTU size in GRE tunnels from default to the maximum.

                                                                                                          The maximum keyword was replaced with the max keyword.

                                                                                                          The following command was modified by this feature: mpls mtu.

                                                                                                          ATM Port mode Packed Cell Relay over MPLS

                                                                                                          15.2(1)S

                                                                                                          This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(1)S.

                                                                                                          Any Transport over MPLS (AToM): ATM Cell Relay over MPLS: Packed Cell Relay

                                                                                                          15.2(1)S

                                                                                                          This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(1)S.